MAI LAN HƯƠNG - NGUYEN THANH LOAN

(B iên soạn)

Bài tập

TIẾNG ANH

7
CHỈNH LỶ VÀ BỐ SUNG
TÁI BẢN THÁNG 6 NĂM 2014
TRUNG TÂM BIÊN SOẠN DỊCH THUẬT SÁCH SÀI GÒN (SAIGONBOOK)
g iữ q u y ề n sở h ữ u t á c p h ẩ m

* SÁCH GÓ 32 TRANG HOA VĂN CHÌM, ĐƯỢC
IN VỚI CHẤT LƯỢNG CAO. KHÁCH HÀNG VUI
LÒNG KIỂM TRA, PHÂN BIỆT ĐE t r á n h m u a
NHẦM SÁCH GIẢ.
* CUỐI SÁCH CÓ 4 TRANG TÓM TAT n g ữ p h á p
TIẾNG ANH 7.

nxb Đà Nổng

Past 'Tense

Past Participle

eat

ate

eaten

awoken

fall

fell

fallen

been

feed

fed

fed

bore

born/borne

feel

felt

felt

Hast lense
arose

arisen

awake

awoke

be

was/were

bear

arise

beat

beat

beaten

fight

fought

fought

become

became

become

find

found

found

begin

began

begun

flee

fled

fled

bend

bent

bent

fly

flew

flown

bet

bet

bet

forbid

forbade

forbidden

bind

bound

bound

forecast

forecast

forecast

bite

bit

bitten

forget

forgot

forgotten

bleed

bled

bled

forgive

forgave

forgiven

blow

blew

blown

freeze

froze

frozen

break

broke

broken

get

got

got, (US) gotten

breed

bred

bred

give

gave

given

bring

brought

brought

went

gone

broadcast

broadcast

broadcast

grind

ground

ground

build

built

built

grow

grew

grown

burn

burnt/burned

burnt/burned

hang

hung

hung

burst

burst

burst

have

had

had

buy

bought

bought

hear

heard

heard

catch

caught

caught

hide

hid

hidden

choose

chose

chosen

hit

hit

hit

cling

clung

clung

hold

held

held

come

came

come

hurt

hurt

hurt

cost

cost

cost

keep

kept

kept

creep

crept

crept

kneel

knelt/kneeled

knelt/kneeled

knew

known

cut

cut

cut

know

deal

dealt

dealt

lay

laid

laid

dig

dug

dug

lead

led

led

do

did

done

lean

leant/leaned

leant/leaned

draw

drew

drawn

learn

learnt/learned

learnt/learned

dream

dream t/

dream t/

leave

left

left

dreamed

dreamed

lend

lent

lent

drink

drank

drunk

let

let

let

drive

drove

driven

lie

lay

lain

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7
MAI LAN HƯƠNG - NGUYỄN t h a n h l o a n

N hà xuất bản Đà N ẵng
Lô 103 - Đường 30 T háng 4 - T hành phô" Đà N ẩng
Đ T: 0511 3797814 - 3797823 Fax: 0511 3797875

C hịu trá ch n h iệm x u ấ t bản:
G iám đốc TRƯƠNG CÔNG BÁO
Tổng biên tập NGUYỄN KIM HUY

HUỲNH YÊN TRAM
T rìn h bày:
SAIGONBOOK
B ìa:
ĐỖ DUY NGỌC
Sửa bản in : QUỲNH MAI

B iê n tập:

my

In 5.000 euển, khổ 17 X 25 cm, tạ i Công ty c ổ p h ầ n in Hoa Mai.
Theo TNKH số 283 - 2014/CXB/ 14 - 09/ĐaN cấp ngày 21 th án g 02 năm 2014;
Số 34/ QĐ-ĐaN N hà xuất bản Đà N ẵng cấp ngày 25 th án g 02 năm 2014.
In xong và nộp lưu chiểu th án g 6 năm 2014.

LỜ I N Ó I Đ Ầ U
B à i tậ p t iế n g A n h 7 là quyển sách được biên soạn dưới dạng vở bài tập,
dựa theo sách giáo khoa T iế n g A n h 7 của Bộ Giáo Dục và Đào Tạo.
B à i tậ p t i ế n g A n h 7 là tậ p hợp các b ài tậ p thực h à n h về từ vựng
(vocabulary), ngữ p h á p (gram m ar), đàm th o ại (conversation) và đọc hiểu
(read in g com prehension), n h ằ m giúp học sin h củng cố và luyện tậ p sâu hơn
các nội dung trọ n g tâ m của b à i học. Các b ài tậ p được b iê n soạn th eo từ ng
đơn vị b à i học (U nit), gồm h a i p h ầ n A và B có nội dung tương ứng với các
p h ầ n b à i học tro n g sách giáo khoa. Sau p h ầ n b à i tậ p của m ỗi đơn vị b ài
học có m ộ t b à i k iểm t r a (T est F or U nit), và sau m ỗi cụm b à i có b à i tự kiểm
t r a (T est Y ourself) được soạn n h ư b à i k iểm t r a ĩĩiôt tiế t để đ á n h giá k ế t
quả học tậ p của học sinh. Cuối sách là m ột sô" đề k iểm t r a học kỳ đã được
sử dụng n h ằ m giúp phụ huynh và học sin h có th ê m tà i liệu th a m khảo.
C húng tô i h y vọng B à i tậ p t iế n g A n h 7 sẽ là quyển sách thực h à n h và
ôn luyện th iế t thực, đáp ứng được yêu cầu n â n g cao trìn h độ tiế n g A nh cho
học sin h lớp 7. C húng tôi m ong n h ậ n được n h ữ n g góp ý, phê b ìn h để h o àn
th iệ n sách.

Thư g ó p ý p h ê b ìn h s á c h x in g ử i đ ến :
TRƯNG TÂM BIÊN SOẠN DỊCH THUẬT SÁCH SÀI GÒN
474 N guyễn T hị M inh Khai* Q.3, TP.H CM
ĐT: 08.38355907 - H otline: 0923.474.474 - Email:quynhm ai474@ gm aiLcom

* SÁCH CÓ 32 TRANG HOA VĂN CHÌM, ĐƯỢC IN
VỚI CHẤT LƯỢNG CAO. KHÁCH HÀNG VUI LÒNG
KIỂM TRA, PHÂN BIỆT ĐE t r á n h m u a n h ẩ m
SÁCH GIÀ.
* CUỐI SÁCH CÓ 4 TRANG TÓM TAT
TIẾNG ANH 7.

ngữ pháp

3

MỤC LỤC
UNIT 1:

Back to sch o o l...............................................................................................5

UNIT 2:
UNIT 3:

Personal inform ation...............................................................................11
At h om e......................................................................................... .............. 17
TEST Y O U R SE L F....................................................................................23

UNIT 4:

At sch o o l........... f......................................................................................... 26

UNIT 5:

Work and p la y ................ ................... ........................................................ 33

UNIT 6:

After sc h o o l.......................................................... ...................................... 40
TEST Y O U R SE L F.......... ......................................................................... 46

UNIT 7:

The world of w o r k ...................................................................................48

UNIT 8:

P la c e s ........................................................................................................... 54

UNIT 9:

At home and a w a y ............................................................. .....................60
TEST Y O U R SE L F.....................................................................................67

UNIT 10:

H ealth and hygiene ........ ........................................................................ 69

U N IT 11: Keep fit, stay h e a lth y ...............................................................................75
UNIT 12: Let’s e a t ! ................................................................. ..................................... 82
TEST Y O U R SE L F......................................................... !........................ 88
UNIT 13:

A c tiv itie s......................................................................................................91

UNIT 14:

Freetim e fu n ............................................................ ..................................98

UNIT 15:

Going o u t ................................................................................. .................106

UNIT 16:

People and p la c e s ..................................................................................114
TEST Y O U R SEL F...................................................................................121

MỘT SỐ ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ ĐÃ ĐƯỢC s ử DỰNG
ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I .......................................................................................124
ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I I ................................................................... ................130
ĐÁP ÁN

.................................................. ........................ .......................................... 137

SÁCH CÓ 32 TRANG HOA VĂN CHÌM, Được ÍN VỚI
CHẤT LƯỢNG CACX KHÁCH HÀNG VUI LÒNG KIEM
TRA, PHÂN BIỆT ĐE t r á n h mua nhầm s á c h g iả .
4

UNIT
I

BACK TO SCHOOL
1 _____________________________
FRIENDS

I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trốhg một chữ cái thích hợp để tạo thành từ đúng.
Ex:

se_o__l

1. n_c_
2. p_r__nt

school

3. d _ ff_ r_ n t
4. h_pp_

5. b_sy
6. p _ e tt_

II. ĩìm từ không cùng nhóm vứi các từ còn lại.
Ex: see
m eet
live
1. Good m orning Thank you
Hello
2. p a re n t
uncle
friend
3. nice
m iss
p retty

7. m _ss
8. m__ t
sp

Good afternoon
aunt
different

III. Tự giới thiệu tên vàquê quán.
E x: Lan/ H a Noi
My name is Lan. I ’m from Ha Noi.
1. Tuan/ H u e _____ .
___________________________________________
2. Mai/ N ha T rang
:_____________________________________________
3. M ichèle/ P a r is __________________ _______ ____________________ _____
4. Susan/ New York_______________________________________________ _
5. Phong/ Ho Chi M inh C ity _________________________________________
6. Yoko/ Tokyo _____________________________
•_____________________
IV. Giới thiệu tên và quê quán của những người ỗ phần III.
E x: Her name is Lan. S he’s from Ha Noi.
1. ________________ ;_____________________________ ____________ : . .
2.

___________________________________________ _____________________ _

I

3.
4.
5.

.................................................. .................................. .................................,........ '........,.......
__ _________________;_____________ __________ ___________________
________________ ;___________ ____________________;_________________ _

6.

_________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ ____

V. Viết câu so sánh hơn, dùng các từ gợỉ ý.
E x: My house/ small/ her house Mv house is sm aller than her house.
1. Lan/ tall/ H o a _________________________ _____________________________
2. This book/ thick/ th at book_____ ________________________
1
3. The chair/ short/ the table 1__________________________________ _
4. These boxes/ big/ those boxes_______ _______________________________ __
5. Miss Trang/ young/ her s is te r ___________________________ __________ __
6. These buildings/ high/ those buildings _________________________________
7. The boys/ strong/ the g irls _________________________ __________________
8. I/ old/ my b ro th e r __________ _____________ ______ ____________________
UNIT 1: BACK TO SCHOOL

5

VI. Hoàn tất các câu say với much, many, a lú i/ lots.
E x: She doesn’t have many friends.
1. My father never d r in k s ____________ coffee for breakfast.
I don’t have _____________ tim e to read.
of students.
H er new school has
_________ of orange juice in the jar.
There a r e ________
This hotel doesn’t have

________ rooms.
_________ of money in his pocket.
He h a s _________
You make too ___________ m istakes in spelling.
She drinks ______________ of tea.
M ary is lazy. She doesn’t d o __________ work.
1 0 .1 don’t h a v e _________ money, so I can’t b u y ____________ things.
VII- Cho dạng thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc.
in Hue,
Hoa (be) is a new student in class 7A. H er parents (live)
w ith her uncle and aunt in H a Noi. Hoa (have) _____ a
and she (live)
any friends in H a Noi. Many
lot of friends in Hue, but she (not h a v e )____
__ _ bigger th a n h e r old
things (be)______ different. H er new school (be)
lots of students. H er old school (not
school. H er new school (have)_
unhappy. She (miss)
have)_____
m any students. Hoa (be)
her parents and her friends.
VIII. Hoàn tât các đoạn hội thoại sau.
a. P hong: Hello. My nam e’s Phong.
N am : N ic e _________________ you, Phong. I
J ______ you a ________ student?
7A.
Phong
Yes. I’m in
N am
Oh, s o ____
b. Ba
Hi, Nam.
_______ , B a ._______t o ________ you again.
N am
This is _______ new classmate. ________ nam e’s Phong.
Ba
: Nice
. you,
Phong:

m

NAMES AND ADDRESSES

I. Điển vào mỗỉ chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ hoặc cụm từ.
E x: n_m _
name
1. a_ d r_ ss
5. _ a r_ e t
2. f_m _ly na_e
6. m _vi_ th__at_r
3. m _d_le n__me
7. p__st o_fi_e
4. b__s s_op
8. d_st_nce
6

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

II. Hoàn tâ't các câu sau vối các từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp ở phần 1.
Ex: H er name is Lien.
1. They are w aiting for a bus a t t h e ___________ .
2. I am going to the ____ ■
____________ to send a letter.
3. My home ___________ is 92A Nguyen Trai Street.
4. His _____________ __ is Tran.
5. H er ___________ _
is Thi.
6. Ben T h a n h ___________ is not far from my house.
7. My house is a s h o r t _________ _ away from the bus station.
8. We go to t h e ___________________ to watch a film.
III. Đặt câu hỏi với "How far” và trả lời theo gợi ý.
E x: your house/ bus stop// one kilom eter
How far is it from your house to the bus stop?
It’s (about) one kilometer.

1. school/ h er house// 100 m eters

2. post office/ movie theater// two kilom eters

3. your house/ Ben T hanh m arket// five kilom eters

4. bookstore/ restaurant// 500 m eters

5. Lan’s house/ zoo// three kilometers

6. your school/ library// one kilom eter

IV. Đặt câu hỏi vđi “How” và trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.
E x: Hoa/ go/ the museum// bike
How does Hoa QO to the museum? She goes to the museum by bike.

they/ travel/ work// bus
How do they travel to work ? They travel to work by bus.

1. Nam/ go/ the post office// bike

UNIT 1: BACK TO SCHOOL

7

2. Nga and Lạn/ go/ school// school bus

3. your father/ travel/ H a Noi// plane

4. the children/ go/ the zoo// bus

5. you and your friends/ go/ the stadium // foot

6. Mrs Lien/ go/ the m arket// motorbike

V. Điền vào chỗ trốhg các từ What, Where, Whyf Who, How, How old, How far,
What time.
Ex: What is your name? ~ My nam e’s Trung.
1. __________is your family name? ~ It’s Nguyen.
2. _________ _ are you? ~ I’m thirteen.
3. _________ do you live? ~ On Nguyen Trai Street.
4. _________ do you live with? ~ My parents.
5. _________ is it from your house to school? ~About three kilom eters.
6. __________do you go to school? - By bus.
7. _________ do you go to school? - At half past
six.
8. _________ are you late? ~ Because I m issed the bus.
VI. Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại.
Miss T h a n h : Good m o rn in g ._________________ _________ _________ ?
Phương
: My nam e’s Phương.
Miss T hanh: • ______
_____________ •
________ ?
Phương
: I t’s Tran. My middle name is Minh.
Miss T hanh: _________________ _____
__________ , Phương?
Phương
: I’m 13 years old.
Miss T h a n h : ______________ _______ ___________ ?
Phương
: I live a t 162/10B Hoang Van Thu Street.
Miss T h a n h : __________________________from your house to school?
Phương
: It’s about one kilometer.
Miss T h a n h : ______________ _______ go to school?
Phương
: I go to school by bike.

8

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

TEST FOR UNIT 1
Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điển vào chỗ trống.
Ex: This is ______ new classmate.
d. its
a. he
(1b) our
c. them
1. ______ class are you in? ~ I’m in class 7B.
d. W hat’s
a. W here
b. How m any
c. Which
2 . Nam is a friendly person. He has _________ friends.
cL much
a. some
b. m any
c. few
3. I like swimm ing and _
___ does my sister.
d. also
c. neither
a. so
b. too
4. W hat is h e r _________
______ name? ~ Pham Thi Hoa.
d. middle
a. last
b. family
c. full
my family very much.
5. W hen I’m away from home, I __
c. like
d.
hate
a. love
b. miss
Hoa liv e s ______ H a Noi, _______ _ 12 Tran Hung Dao Street,
c. at - on
d.
on - at
a. in - on
b. in - at
7. ______ is it from here to school?- About two kilom eters,
c. How long
d. How often
a. How far
b. How high
I’m very busy these days. ~_____
c. N either am I
d. Me, too.
a. So I am
b. I do, too
II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. Hoa (h a v e )_________ a lot of friends in Hue.
her parents in Hue.
unhappy now. She (miss)
2 . She (b e )____
______ to Miss Lien at the moment?
3. Hoa (talk)
a new student? -Yes. I (b e )________ in class 7B.
4. (you b e ) __
. many students.
. small. It (not have).
5. Hoa’s old school (be).
to school every day, but today I (ride)
6. I (w a lk )______
my bike to school.
to class on Sunday.
7. We (not g o ) ______
Hoa’s parents (live)
8. W here
III. Ghép câu trả lời ở cột B tương ứng với câu hỏi ở cột A.
B
a. By bus.
1. How are you?
b. It’s Tran.
2. Are you a new student?
3. W hat is his family name? c. Fine, thanks.
d. About one kilom eter.
4. W hat is your address?
e. It’s OK now.
5. How do you go to school?
f. 6B Đien Bien Phu Street.
6. How far is it?
g. Yes, I am.
7. How is everything?
h. My brother.
8. Who are you phoning to?

1.
2..
3 .'
4..

5."
6..

7.
8.

UNIT 1: BACK TO SCHOOL

9

IV. sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. is/ your/ how/ school/ to/ it/ far/ your/ from/ house?
2. your/ classm ate/ where/ live/ does?
3. have/ any/ doesn’t/ ill/ she/ friends/ Ha Noi.
4. new/ has/ a/ students/ of/ her/ school/ lot.
5.

w ith/ her/ lives/ Hoa/ in/ uncle / aunt/ Ha Noi / and.

V. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoạĩ hợp lý.
___
Hello, Nga. Nice to see you again.
___
Nice to m eet you, Minh.

1
Hello, Phong.
___
Nice to see you. How are you?
___
Fine, thanks. This is our new classmate. His nam e is Minh.
___
Nice to m eet you, too.
VL Dung tu cho sấn trong khung để hỡàn tất đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
any

go

far

still

new

with

miss

a lot of

My name is Nguyen Minh Trung. I am a (1)_ student in class 7A- I am
from Da Nang and my family (2)______ live there. In Ho Chi Minh City, I live
(3 )_____ my grandparents at 21/ 3B Nguyen Trai Street. My new school is not
(4 )_____ from our house - about one kilometer, so I (5)_to school by bike.
There are (6)_______ students in my new school. But I don’t have (7)_______friends.
I am unhappy. I (8)______ my parents, my sisters and my friends in Da Nang.
1. W hat is his full name?
2. Is he a new student?
3. W here is he from?
4. Who is he living with?
5. W hat is his address?
6. How far is it from his house to school?
7. How does he go to school?
8. Why is he unhappy?
10

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

UNIT
E l

2

PERSONAL INFORMATION

TELEPHONE NUMBERS

I. Dùng các cụm từ trong khung để hoàn tâ't các câu.
personal information

telephone number

telephone directory

home address

1. M y ____________________ is 4A Cong Hoa Street.
641.
2. W hat is your ___ ______ ___________ ? - 38254
please w rite your name, your age, your
3. For y o u r __________________ _
education, your experience, etc.
4. You can find his telephone num ber in t h e ________________________ .

II. Đọc và đặt dấu trọng âm cho các từ.
E x: ’evening
infor/nation
telephone
different
num ber
tomorrow
m om ent

personal
answ er

directory
th e a te r

III. Viết câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng thì tương lai đơn (future simple tense): will +
verb (inf. without to). Viết rút gọn nếu có thể.
Ex: I/ go/ the superm arket/ tomorrow ru ao to the supermarket tomorrow.
1. We/ fly/ N ha Trang/ in June
2.

The m eeting/ take place/ a t 6p.m

3. It/ snow/ the m ountains/ tomorrow evening
4. Hoa/ have/ lots of friends/ soon
5. I/ come/, after lunch
6. He/ see/ you/ tomorrow afternoon
7. My father/ be free/ at 7.30 this evening
8 .r They/ arrive/ a t about 4p.m

IV. Điền vào chỗ trốhg với m/ỉhoặc won't
E x: Will you go to the party tonight? ~ No, I w on’t
1. _____ Nam play basketball? ~ Yes, h e _________ .
2. _____ Hoa come here? ~ No, s h e _________ .
3. _____ they travel to Ha Noi next week? - No, they
UNIT 2: PERSONAL INFORMATION

11

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

_____ you see her? ~ Yes, I ________ .
_____ _ your brother be busy tomorrow? - No, h e ________ _____ Nam and Ba m eet at seven o’clock? - Yes, t h e y _______
______you go fishing next Sunday? - No, w e _________ .
_____ An call you back? ~ Yes, h e ________ .

V. Dùng What, Where, When, Who, Why, How, What time để ăặì câu hỏi cho các từ
gạch dưới.
Ex: What will you do tonight? - I’ll do my hom ework.
1. ________ will they do tomorrow afternoon? - They’ll play ten n is.
2. ________ will go camping next Sunday? ~ Nam and Quang will.
3. _____ _
will we meet? ~ W ell m eet at Lan’s house.
4. _________ will you be back? - 111 be back at eight o'clock.
5. ________ will she go to the zoo? ~ S h ell go by bus.
6. _________ will your father travel to Ha Noi? ~ He will travel next week.
7. ________ will Nam go to bed early tonight? - Because hell have a test tomorrow.
8. ________ will you go next summer vacation? ~ I will go to N ha Trang.
VI. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý.
___ This is Nga. W hen will she come back?
___ Hello. Can I speak to Trang?
1 Hello. This is 38 630 842.
___ She’ll be back at about half past four.
___ I’m sorry. She’s out at the moment. Who is calling?
___ All right. Please tell her 111 call again at five.
___ T hank you. Goodbye.
___ OK. I ll tell her.
___ Bye.
VII. Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại.
where

Mai
Phong
Mai
Phong
Mai
Phong
Mai
Phong
Mai
Phong
Mai
12

when

will

would

is

who

at

see

Hello. This is 8 942 810.
Hello. (1) ______ th a t Mai?
Yes. (2)______ is this?
I t’s me, Phong. (3)
you be free tomorrow afternoon?
Yes, I will.
(4)______ you like to play tennis?
will we play?
Sure. (5)_
W ell play at Lan Anh court.
(6)______ will we meet?
___ three o’clock.
W ell m eet (7)_
OK. I’ll (8)
you tomorrow.

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

I

MY BIRTHDAY
Viết các tháng trong năm.
1. th á n g G iêng : J a n u a r y
2. th á n g H ai
: ___________
3. th án g Ba
: ___________
4. th án g Tư
: ___________
5. th á n g N ăm : ___________
6. th á n g Sáu
: ___________

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

th án g
th á n g
th án g
th án g
th áng
th áng

Bảy
Tám
Chín
Mười
Mười Một
Mười Hai

II. Viết các sô' thứ tự dưới dạng chữ.
1st

2pt
27th
30th
32nd

first _______ 9th ___________

2nd ____________

12th _ _ _ _ _

3rd ____ _______
5th ________ _

19th _ _ _ _ _
20th ______

III. Viết ngày tháng.
E x: the first of January
1. the n ineteenth of Septem ber
2. the second of May
3. the tw enty-fifth of October
4. the th irty -first of July
5. the tw elfth of December
6. the eighth of February

January I st

__________
___________________
_______________ _
'
______________
_____________ __
___________________

IV. Chia các động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn (present simple tense) hoặc
tương lai đơn {future simple tense).
Ex: Hoa (go) goes _______ swimming every day.
They (come)
will come
here tomorrow morning.
J
1. My father and I (g o )_____________ _ jogging every morning.
2 . D ennis (cook)________________ the supper every night next month.
3. She ( b e ) ______________ 14 on her next birthday.
__ with th eir grandparents in H a Noi.
4. They (live) „
_ a lot of friends soon.
5. He (have) _
__ her teeth after meals,
6 . Mai (brush)
back tomorrow.
7. I (com e)____
___ a m eeting tonight.
8 . She (have)
. her friends to her birthday party on Sunday.
9. Lan (in v ite).
______television a t night.
10. Alex often (watch)
V. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vấn.
E x: He will call again a t five o’clock.
He w on’t call again a t five o ’clock.
Will he call again at five o ’clock?

1.

My m other will go to the superm arket next Sunday.

UNIT 2: PERSONAL INFORMATION

13

2. They will m eet in front of the theater.

3. We will come there on time.

4. He will see her tonight.

5. Jan e will be busy tomorrow morning.

6. I will come back soon.

VI. Điền vào chỗ trống với các giứi từ in, on, at, from ... to.
E x: I play games in the afternoon.
1. They often go swimming
_
Sunday.
2. The m eeting will l a s t _____9 a .m ______ 3 p.m.
3. She will be 1 3 _______her next birthday.
4. We are playing c h e s s _____ the moment.
5. I t’s often r a i n _____ July.
6. My birthday i s _____ Septem ber 3rd.
7. The party will s t a r t _____ seven o’c lo c k ______the evening.
8. He was b o r n _______________ April 2002.
9. They often watch T V _____ night.
10. We usually go out for dinner ______Saturday evening.
VII. Hoàn tất
Hoa
Mr. Tan
Hoa
Mr. Tan
Hoa
Mr. Tan
Hoa
Mr. Tan
Hoa
Mr. Tan
Hoa
Mr Tan
Hoa
Mr Tan
14

đoạn hội thoại giữa Hoa với thầy Tân.
: Good morning, Mr Tan.
: Good m o rn in g .__________________________________ ?
: Pham Thi Hoa.
: _____________________________ Hoa?
: I’m 13. I will be 14 on my next birthday.
: _______________________________________________________ ?
: My date of birth is on June eighth.
: _______________ __________ _
?
: 12 Tran Hung Dao Street.
: _______ ______________________________________ ?
: 38 262 019.
: ____________________ _____________ :___________ .?
: I live w ith my uncle and aunt.
: T hank you.

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

TEST FOR UNIT 2
I. Chọn từ, cụm từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
E x: W h a t___it?
a. am
(b) is
c. are
d. were
1.
I S D e a k to Mr. Brown? ~ Hold o n a m i n u t e , n l e a s e .
a. Should
b. Shall
c. Can
d. Will
2. H er birthday is
Friday. Auerust 20th.
a. at
b. on
c. in
d. by
3.
vou have a test tomorrow morning?
a. Will
b. Do
c. Are
d. Shall
4.
will we meet? ~ In front of the school gate
a. W here
b. W hen
c. W hat
d. How
?
5. W hat’s your
a. b irth of day b. day of birth
c. date of birth
d. b irth of date
6. She always comes to class on time. She is never
for class.
a. late
b. early
c. free
d. nervous
7. The party will
about three hours.
a. s ta rt
b. last
c. finish
d. invite
8. Would you like a cup of tea? ~
a. Yes, please. b. I like, too.
c. Yes, I will.
d. You’re welcome.
II. Cho thì hoặc dạng thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. We often (play) ________________tennis in the afternoon.
2. (you be) ___________ free next Sunday? No. I (do) ______ _ my homework.
3. Phong (b e ) _______ on the phone now. He ( ta lk ) ______________ to Tam.
4. Mike (not co m e)__________________ to our party tonight.
5. We (h a v e )_____________ a test tomorrow morning.
6. She (not call) _____ _______ her parents every day. She (call) I
them every week.
7. Would you like (see) __ ___________ a movie?
8. Let’s (m e e t)________ ____ in front of the movie theater.
III. Đặt câu hỏi cho các câu trả lời.
1.
- My nam e’s Trung.
2.
- I’m thirteen.
3.
- My date of birth is on July 6th.
4.
- My address is 263/2 T ran Phu Street.
5.
- 38 950 963.
UNIT 2: PERSONAL INFORMATION

15

6.

- I t’s about 500 m eters from my house to school.
______________________________________________________ ____________
- I walk to school.
8 . ________________ :______________________________________________ __
- I live w ith my parents.
7.

IV. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vân.
1. Mai plays badminton after school.

4. We often have a picnic on weekends.

2. I will be at home tomorrow night.

5. They will go camping next week.

3. She is out at the moment.

6. The students are sitting in class.

V. Đọc đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
Nga lives in the city w ith her parents and two brothers. She lives at 14
Nguyen Tri Phuong Street. H er telephone num ber is 38 290 374. On her next
birthday, July 1st, Nga will be 14. She will have a small party for her birthday.
She will invite some b est friends to h er house. They will eat pizza, fried
chicken, cake and they will drink Coke. They will have a lot of fun. The party
will sta rt at five o’clock and finish at eight.
1. W hat's Nga address?............................................................................................
2. W hat’s her telephone num ber?_________________ ___________________
3. How old is she now? ___________________ 1_________________________ _
4. W hat’s her date of b irth ? ________________________________ __________
5. Will she have a big party foi her birthday? ______________________ __
6. Who will she invite? __________________________________________ _
7. W hat will they eat and drink?______________________________ _
8. How long will the party last? _____________________________________
VI. Dựa vào các dữ kiện của đoạn văn trên, hãy hoàn tất thiếp mời sinh nhật của
Nga gỏi cho Hoa.
Dear ( 1 ) __________ ,
My birthday is on (2)
_______and I am having a small birthday party.
The party will be at my house at (3)____________________ from (4) _______ to
(5)______ . We will have (6) _________ , fried chicken, cake and we will drink
( 7 ) _________ . We will have a lot of ( 8 ) __________ ; a t the party, too.
I hope you will come and join the fun.
Love,
N ga
16

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANil 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

AT HOME
I

WHAT A LOVELY HOME!

I. Điển vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.
E x: _om_
hom e
1. s_ n k
4. r__f_ _ger_tor
7. ap^___ tm_jat
2. a_f_l .
5. c__nv_n_ent
8. b_a__t_f_l
3. c_m_or__a_le
6. d_li_io_s
9. e_p_ns__ve
II. Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn tâ't các câu.
favorite washing machine dishwasher interesting lovely modem kitchen delicious

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.*
6.
7.
8.

My m other is cooking in t h e ________________ .
Alice's Adventures in W onderland is a n ____________ children’s book.
She put h er dirty clothes into t h e _________________ .
Apple is my ______ ;________fruit.
It’s the m o s t_______ .
watch.
_______________ is a machine th a t washes dishes.
W hat a ______________ girl!
The meal is a b so lu te ly _______________ .

III. Đọc và đặt dâu trọng âm các từ.
Ex: Hove ly
awful
comfortable
re frig e ra to r

a p a rtm e n t

co m p la int

am azing
terrible

convenient

m te re stin g

deZicious

C 0 7 ? z p lim e n t

expensive

IV. Đỉền vào chỗ trống vứi in, on, to, under, behind, near.
E x: The book is on the table.
1. They are w a itin g _________ front of the theater.
the picture.
2. The lam p is next _______
3. The picture i s _________ the wall.
4. Can
you see the cat _________ the picture?
5. The child is h id in g _________________________________________ _ a tree.
6. The armchairs aren’t far from the television. They a re ____ ____ _ the television.
7. The w ater flo w s___ the bridge.
8. There are a
sink, a tub and
a shower the bathroom .
V. Viết các câu cảm thán, dùng cấu trúc “What + (a/an) + adjective + noun”.
E x: The film is very interesting.
What an interesting film / __________
The girls are lovely.
What lovely girls! ________________ _
UNIT 3: AT HOME

17

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

The boy is very intelligent.
The m ilk is fresh.
Those students are naughty.
The trip is very exciting.
The cakes are delicious.
The weather is very terribleThe view is lovely.
'
These rooms are very bright.

____________________ _____________
____________________ _____________
__________________________________
_________________________________
____ '
_______________________
_______ ;__________________ _________
____________ ___________

VI. Đặt câu Hỏi với ẩẩỉs there/ Are there” và trả lời theo gợi ý.
E x: picture/ on/ wall// Yes/ No
Is there a picture on the wall? Yes, there is / No, there is n ’t.

chairs/ in/ room// Yes/ No
Are there any chairs ỉn the room? Yes, there are/ No, there aren’t.

1. dog/ under/ table// Yes
2. books/ on/ bookshelf// Yes
3. flowers/ in/ garden// No
4. refrigerator/ near/ kitchen table //N o
5. arm chairs/ in front of/ television// Yes
6. ball/ on / floor// Yes
7. stools/ in/ living room// No
8. tub/ in/ bathroom // No

VII- Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn tất đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các
câu hỏi.
large

tub wonderful
apartment
rooms
everything
not
bathroom comfortable
really

M inh lives in a lovely (1) _________ in Ho Chi M inh City. His apartm ent
is (2 )________ very big but it is very (3 )__________ . There are five (4 )________
in the apartm ent - á living room, two bedrooms, a kitchen and a bathroom . The
(5) _____ _ is very beautiful. It has a sink, a (6) _______ • and a shower.
The kitchen is very modern. It has (7) _____
: refrigerator, w ashing
18

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

machine, dishw asher, gas cooker, electric stove, oven, kitchen table, etc. M inh’s
bedroom isn’t ( 8 ) _________ , but it is very bright. There is a ( 9 ) _________view
from his bedroom window. M inh (10) __________ loves his apartm ent.
1. W here does M inh live?
2. How m any rooms are there in his apartm ent?
3. W hat things are there in the bathroom?
4. Is there a gas cooker in the lptchen?
5. Is M inh’s bedroom big?
6. Does M inh like his apartm ent?

HOA’S FAMILY
I. Kết hợp các động từ ở cột A với các từ hoặc cụm từ tương ứng ở cột B.
B
A
1.
a. sick people
1. do
2.
b. the housework
2. raise
3.
c. in a prim ary school
3. grow
4.
d. for a newspaper
4. work
5.
e. vegetables
5. take care of
6.
f. in a factory
6. w rite
7.
g. cattle
7. teach
II. Dùng các từ cho sẩn trong khung để hoàn tất các câu.
painters

doctor

teacher

farmer

journalist

engineer

dentist

musician

1. Ms. Chi teaches children in a school. She is ateacher.
Gary takes care of people’s teeth. He i s ___________
3. Lam and Huong paint pictures. They a r e _________
4. Hoa’s father works on a farm. He i s ________________
5. She plays the piano. She is ________________ .
6. He tre a ts sick people. He i s _______________ .
7. Jan e w rites articles for a newspaper. She i s _______
8. My brother repairs m achines and equipment.He i s _
2.

UNIT 3: AT HOME

19

111. sắp xếp các từ trong khung thành hai nhóm: Nouns (danh ft# và Adjectives (tính từj.
vegetables
apartment

-

party
awful

cheap
dinner

expensive family high
tub
good
interesting

dress lovely
big suitable

N ouns: party,
A d je c tiv e s: high,

IV. Dùng câu trúc “What 4- (a/an) + adj + noun!” để viết câu cảm thán.
Ex: The girl is very beautiful.
- > ____ What a beautiful g i r l ! ____
1. The w eather is very awful.
—> ___________________________ _
2. The meal is very delicious.
-» _____________
___________
3. The boy is very clever.
—» ___________________________
4. The pictures are very colorful. - > ____________________ _______
5. The dress is very expensive.
-» • '____ ___ ______________
6. The m ilk is sour.
V. Hoàn tâ't các câu sau, dùng hình thức so sánh hơn của các tính từ trong ngoặc.
E x: Lan i s
taller than__ Hoa. (tall)
A rm chairs a r e ___ more comfortable than________ chairs, (comfortable)
1. A new house is _____________________________ an old one. (expensive)
2. Motorbikes a r e ________________________ bicycles, (fast)
3. My television is ___________________________his television, (modern)
4. Summer i s ___________________
spring, (hot)
5. Jan e is
_____________________ ;_________ her sister, (beautiful)
6. Skirts are __________________________dresses, (cheap)
7. Your stereo i s ________________________ mine, (good)
8. A bicycle is often______________________ a car in busy cities, (convenient)
9. The w eather today i s _________________________ it was yesterday, (bad)
10. David i s _________________________ John, (clever)

VI. Hoàn tất các câu sau, dùng hình thức so sánh nhất của các tính từ trong ngoặc.
Ex: Nam i s ____ the youngest________student in his class, (young)
These toys a r e _____ the most e x p e n s iv e ___ in the toy store, (expensive)
1. Nile River i s __________________ river in the world, (long)
2. This book is
__________
_______of three books, (interesting)
3. Ho Chi M inh City i s __________________ city in Viet Nam. (big)
4. They a r e _________ _______
students
in my class, (good)
5. These houses are ____________________ in the village, (beautiful)
6. W inter i s _____________________ season
in the year, (cold)
7. Airplane is ____________________ m eans of transport, (fast)
8. He i s _________________________________ person in the meeting, (im portant)
9. I am ____________________ m an in the world, (happy)
10. This i s ____________________ party I’ve been to. (bad)
20

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

VII. Hoàn tất đoạn văn với các từ cho sấn trong khung, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc
FALSE (F).
her

near

care

grade

love

class

in

works

Hi! My nam e is Nam. Fm a student in (1)________ 7A. I live in a small but
comfortable house (2)_____ the country with my parents and two sisters. My
father (3) ______ in a dental surgery. He takes (4)________ of people's teeth.
My m other teaches in the prim ary school (5)_______ my house. My big sister
is a painter. (6)______ nam e is Ngoc. She works in an a rt studio in town. My
youngest sister is Vy. She is in (7)________ 3. She is pretty and she sings like
an angel. I really (8)
my family.
1. Nam lives in a large comfortable house in the country. ______
2. There are five people in his family.
_______
3. His father is a doctor.
______
4. His m other is a teacher.
______
5. Ngoc is his elder sister.
. ______
6. His youngest sister sings beautifully.
______

TEST FOR UNIT 3
I.

Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hựp để điền vào chỗ trống.
Ex: I live
12 T ran Hung Dao Street.
a. in
b, on
@ at
1.
awful restaurant!
a. W hat
b. W hat a
e. W hat an
2. S arah looks after patients in hospital. She is a
a. teacher
b. nurse
c. musician
3. Are there
lam ps on the wall?
b. a
c. some
a. any
4. You look
in th a t dress.
b. lovely
c. loving
a. love
house in my neighborhood.
5. It’s the
a. nicer
b. nicest
c. more nice
6. W hat’s your
color? ~ I like blue most.
b. in terestin g
c. suitable
a. favorite
7. The picture is
the clock.
b. under
a. next
c. at
8. Would you like some fruit juice? ~
a. Yes. I’d love some.
b. Yes. I like it.
d. T hat’s all right.
c. Not a t all.

d. into
d. W hat’s
\
d journalist
d. more
d. lovelily
d. m ost nice
d. liking
d. in

UNIT 3: AT HOME

21

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động ỉừ trong ngoặc1. They (not go) ______________ __ to the zoo very often.
2. I (not be) _______________ at home next Monday evening.
3. Her father (work) _______ '
from the m orning till night every day.
4. Mr. Robinson (look) ________________ for an apartm ent at present.
5. There (be) _________ a few empty apartm ents near his office.
6. Hoa’s parents love (work) ___________ on th eir farm.
an apartm ent in Ha Noi?
7. Is it easy (find) ______
_______ again later.
8. Please tell her I (call)

III. Đạt câu hỏi cho các câu trả lời.
1.
- There are a sink, a tub and a shower in the bathroom.
2.

-N o , there aren’t any books on the table.
3.
- The oldest in my family is my grandfather.
4.
- He is a farm er.
5.
- They work in a factory.
6.

- Yes, there is a refrigerator in the kitchen.
7.
H a Noi is bigger th an Hue.
8.

The newest apartm ent is at num ber 27.

IV. Điền các giứi từ thích hợp vào chỗ trốhg.
the countryside.
1. Hoa’s father w o rk s __________ __ his farm
2. A nurse takes c a r e _____ ______sick people.
3. The books a r e _________ __the bookshelf.
work now.
4. My uncle isn’t _________ home. He i s _____
5. John liv e s ____________ America.
night.
m orning
6. H er m other works hard
num ber 79.
7. The best apartm ent is __
________the three.
8. This apartm ent is the newest
V. Hoàn ta't các câu sau9dùng hình thức so sánh của các tính từ trong ngoạc.
1. Orange juice is
1_______________coffee, (good)
2. H anh i s ________________________ student in the class, (clever)
22

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ÁNH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Cars are ___________________________ motorbikes, (expensive)
Your apartm ent i s _______________ from sc h o o l__________ mine, (far)
I th in k good health is ___________________
thing in life, (im portant)
Iron i s ______ ____________ _ wood, (heavy)
__________________ city in Canada is Toronto, (large)
T hailand is ___________________ Korea, (hot)

VI. Dùng các từ cho sẩn trong khung để hoàn t^t đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
also

empty

near

from

cheapest

expensive

most teaches

John Robinson is an English teacher (1)_________ the USA. He (2)__________
E nglish in a high school in H a Noi. Now he is looking for an a p a rtm e n t
(3)_________ the school. There are three (4)__________ apartm ents. The first one
is a big apartm ent. It's comfortable, but it’s very (5)__________ . The second one
is (6)________ a lovely apartm ent, but it's quite expensive, too. The last one is
sm aller th an the other two, but it’s the (7) ________ of the three. It has a
bright living room, two bedrooms and a large, modern kitchen. Mr. Robinson
thinks the th ird apartm ent is the (8)__________ suitable for his family.
1. W hat does Mr. Robinson do?
2. W here is he from?
3. W hat is he looking for?
4. W hich is the cheapest apartm ent?
5. W hich is the m ost expensive?
6. Describe the m ost suitable apartm ent for Mr. Robinson’s family?

TEST YOURSELF
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others. (Chọn từ có phần gạch dướiphát âm khác các từ khác.}
1.
a. nice
b. bike
c. like
d. live
2.
a.w hat
b. where
c. w ho
d. w hen
3.
a.nam e
b. happy
c. thanks
d. bad
4.
a. lives
b. works
c. starts
d. likes
IL Choose the correct word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ thích hạp đểđiền vào chẫừỗhg.)
1. H i s ________ _ nam e is Van. T ran Van An. (family/ full/ m iddle/ first)
UNIT 3: AT HOME

23

2. A ________ ;
is used to keep food and drinks cold, (dishw asher/ shower/
refrigerator/ w ashing machine )
3. H o w ______ is it from the hospital to the bus stop? (far/ long/ often/ much)
4. My father likes jogging, a n d ______ does my mother, (too/ so/ but/ when)
5. __________ a lovely view! (When/ How/ W here/ W hat)
6. _______ go to the cafeteria. (Why not/ W hat about/ Let’s/ Why don’t we)
7. Which is t h e _______ apartm ent of the three? (best/ better/ goodest/ most)
8. H er date of b irth i s ____
November fourth, (at/ on/ in/ of)

III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. ICho dạng hoặc thì
đúng cửa động từ trong ngoặcJ
1. My best friend (com e)_______:_________ here soon.
2. My father (not drink) ______ _________coffee in the evening.
3. I usually (go)________ to school by bike but tomorrow I (catch)___________
a bus to school.
4. Listen! Jan e (play) ________________the piano.
5. We (not g o )___________ fishing this weekend. We (go) _________ sailing.
6. W h a t_______ your m other (do)________ now? ~ She (cook)____________
7. I’d like (visit) _____________Japan some day.
8. W hat about ( ta k e ) ___________ a taxi?
IV. Make question for the underlined words. (Đặt câu hỏicho các từ đượcgạch dưới'J
1. His telephone num ber is 38 259 640.
2. It’s about two kilom eters from my house to the movie theater.
3. I will go camping next Sunday.
4. H er date of b irth is on August 21—.
5. She will be fourteen on her next birthday.
6. My father is an engineer.
7. They live at 2/10B Ly Thuong Kiet S treet.
8. John is talking to Nhat.

24

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

Match the item in column A with the
với mục ở cột B.)
A
1. W hat a lovely house!
2. Let’s see a movie.
3. An watches TV every night.
4. Would you like a sandwich?
5. How are you today?
6. Can I speak to Mr Johnson?

item in column B. (Kêí hợp mục ở cột A
B
a. So do I.
b. No, thanks. I’m full.
c. T hank you.
d. Good idea!
e. Sorry. He’s out.
f. Not too bad. Thanks.

1..
2.
3..
4..
5..
6..

VI. Supply the correct form of the word in brackets. (Cho dạng đúng của từ trong
ngoặcJ
1. ___________ , the nicest apartm ent is also the cheapest, (luck)
tim e of the year for shops, (busy)
2. December is t h e ______ _
3. May I ask you a _____________ question? (person)
4. Hoa doesn’t have any friends in Ha Noi so she fe e ls ____________ . (happy)
5. W hat a n _____________ kitchen! (amaze)
6. The book is packed w ith u se fu l_______________ . (inform)
VIL Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions. {Đọc kỹ đoạn văn.
Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.)
Trung is a student in class 7A. His full name is Pham Quoc Trung. He is 13
years old now, but he will be 14 next Monday, August 15th. Trung lives with his
parents a t 2/ 34 Nguyen Trai Street. Trung’s house isn 't large but it’s very
comfortable. It has a bright living room, two lovely bedrooms, a modern bathroom
and a big kitchen. There is a small yard iri front of his house. Trung’s m other
grows flowers and plants in the yard. According to Trung, his house is the nicest.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

W hat does Trung do? _____________________________________________
W hat is his last name?
W hen is his birthday? __
W hat is his a d d re s s ? __
Is Trung’s house b ig ? __
How m any rooms are there?
W hat are th ere in the yard?
Does Trung love his house? _

UNIT 3: AT HOME

25

AT SCHOOL
2P SCHEDULES
Sắp xếp các chữ cái thành từ đúng.
E x: ishE lgn
English
1. a th m
______________
4. umsic
2. ishryto ______________
5. phygeogra
3. sicsphy ____________ _
6. sicalphy ucaedtion
II. Đặt câu hỏi về thời gian và vĩết câu trả lời.
Ex: 10.30 What time is it? -It’s ten thirty./ It’s half past ten.
1. 8.25 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _______ • _____________________
2. 9.45
3. 10.05
4. 11.15
5. 7.50
6. 6.40
7. 12.00
8. 5.30
III. Đặt câu hỏi với “What time” và trả lời theo gợi ý.
E x: you/ get up// 6 What time do you get UP? - I get up at six o ’clock.
1. they/ have English// 8.40

2. Nga/ go to bed// 10.30

3. you/ have dinner// 6.45

4. he/ study M ath H 3.25

5. the students/ have a break// 9.15

6. your father/ go home from work// 5.10

26

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

7. classes/ start// 7.00

8. Hoa/ have Physics class// 9.50

IV. Viết câu vổf các từ gợf ý. Dùng thì hỉện tại tiếp diễn (present progressive tense)
E x: I/ read/ a new spaper/ now
I am reading a newspaper now._____
1. My father/ watch/ television/ at the moment
2. We/ walk/ to school/ right now
3. They/ study/ Geography/ at this tim e
4. He/ listen to/ the radio/ now
5. Nam and Nga/ have/ lunch/ at present
6. Miss Lien/ play/ the piano
7. The girls/ eat/ breakfast at the canteen/ now
8. I/ do/ my homework/ at present

V. Đặt câu hỏi Và trả lời theo gợi ý.
E x: they/ play/ volleyball
What are they playing? - They are playing volleyball.

1. you/ study/ English
2. M inh/ learn/ History
3. the boys/ play/ soccer
4. your m other/ cook/ potato soup
5. Phong and Ba/ do/ th eir homework
6. he/ grow/ vegetables
7. Mai/ read/ a picture book
UNIT 4: AT SCHOOL

27

8. they/ watch/ a new movie

VI. Điền các từ để hỏi vào chỗ trông.
What

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10

What time

Where

When

How

Who

How many

How often

_________ do you do? - I’m a student.
______ is she going? - She is going to the library.
. ______are you talking to? - I’m talking to my friend Thanh.
_________ does Nam have m ath? - He has m ath at 8.40.
_______ _ do they have English? - They have it on Monday and Friday.
______ _ is he doing at present? - He is reading a newspaper.
_________ classes do you have today? - We have four classes.
_________ do you go to school? - I go to shool by school bus.
_________ classes do you have today? - We have m ath, music and English.
. ________ do you go to school? - I go to school five days a week.

VII. Hoàn tâ't đoạn hội thoại, dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung.
what time

Phong
M inh
Phong
M inh
Phong
M inh
Phong
M inh
Phong

i*

too

classes

timetable

an

favorite

will

Physics

I don’t have my ( 1 ) _______ . W hat dowe have today, Minh?
We have m ath, (2)_, H istory and English.
(3)__________________ do we have Physics?
We have it from 7.45 to 8.30.
W hat (4)______ _ will we have tomorrow?
We (5)_h ave Geography, Art, Music and Physical Education.
W hat is your (6) _______ subject,Minh?
I like M ath most. It’s (7)
interesting and im portant subject.
Yes, I like M ath (8)
,

THE LIBRARY

I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trôiig một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.
E x: l_br_ry
library
1. G_o__r_ph_
4. s _ i_ n _ e
7. d_ct______________n _ry
2. C h_m _st_y
5. B_ol___ y
8. n__v_l
3. p_x_ _cs
6. L _te_at___ __e
II. Hoàn tâ't câu với từ cho sấn trong khung.
card index

1.
2.
3.
4.
28

library

racks

author title

dictionary

uniform

librarian

I keep an E n g lish _________ beside me when I’m reading an English book.
Charles Dicken is my favorite __ ________ .
People use t h e ________________________ to find a book in the library.
M agazines and newspapers are on the ____________ in the middle.
BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

5.
6.
7.
8.

W hat’s the __________ of th a t book? - I t’s “Oliver
She works in a library. She is a _____________ .
You can borrow books from t h e ____________ .
Vietnam ese students have to wear school ___________ .

Tw ist”.

_

HI. Điển giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.
Ex: The library opens at 7 am.
1. The science books are _J_____ the left.
2. There are a lot of books, newspapers, magazines, e tc .______ the library.
3. M agazines and new spapers are _ _ _ _ _ the racks ______ the middle.
4. Are there any English books _____ the shelves n e x t_____ the study area?
5. You can find the physics b o o k s_____ the
back of
the library.
6. The U nited S tates’ Library of Congress is W ashington DC.
7. Those books a r e ______ _
English.
8. W ashington DC is the capital _______ the USA.
IV. Kết hợp các câu hỏi ồ cột A vđi các câu trả lời ở cột B.
A
B
1. W here are E nglish dictionaries?
a. About two kilom eters.
2. W hat tim e does the library open?
b. They read books.
3. How far is it from your house to the library? c. M ath and science books.
4. How long does it take to cycle from
d. H arry Potter.
your house to the library?
5. W here can you find a card index?
e. About h a lf an hour.
6. W hat do students do in the library?
f. On the shelf on the right.
7. W hat books are on the left?
g.'A t 7.30 a.m
8. W hat’s your favorite book?
h. In the library
,
l . _ ___2. _____ 3. _____ 4 . _____ 5 . ______ 6 , _____ 7.
V. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý»
___ Yes'. W here can I find the m ath books, please?
___ You are welcome.
1 Good morning.
___ They're on the shelves on the left.
___ _ Good morning. Can I help you?
___ Yes. They’re on the racks in the middle.
___ T hank you very much.
___ Do you have magazines and newspapers here?
VI. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn chỉnh đoạn
văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
N am ’s school (h a v e )_________ a library. The library (not be) _______ very
large but it’s nice. There ( b e )_______ lots of reference books, novels, readers,
UNIT 4: AT SCHOOL

29

magazines, newspapers, dictionaries, pictures, etc. in the library. There (be)
______ also a comfortable study area. The library (o p en )_________ at 7 o’clock
in the m orning and (close) _________ at 4.30 in the afternoon. N am ’s house
(not b e ) _________ far from his school - about 500 m eters, so he (go)________ to
the library every afternoon. Now he ( s i t ) _____________ in the study area. He
(re a d )_____________ a geography book.
1. Does Nam ’s school have a large library?
2. W hat are there in the library?
3. Is the library only open in the morning?
4. How far is it from Nam ’s house to the library?
5. How often does Nam go to the library?
6. W hat is Nam doing now?

TEST FOR UNIT 4
I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ tro'ng.
E x: He _ _ _ _ _ his teeth after meals,
a. brush
b.
brushs
(a) brushes
d. is brushing
1. We have f o u r ______ today: M ath, History, English and Music.
a. classes
b. schedules
c. activities
d. classrooms
2. I like English most. I t’s m y ______ subject.
a. in terestin g
b. favorite
c. im portant
cL difficult
3. I n ______ I learn to cook and w hat our bodies need.
a. Physics
b. L iterature
c. Home Economics d. H istory
4. In Geography, we study the world, ____ rivers and m ountains.
a. its
b. it’s
c. it
d. our
5. Schools in the USA are a little d iffe re n t______ schools in Viet Nam.
a. at
b. w ith
c. from
d. for
6. American students have t w o ______ each day.
a. 20-minutes breaks
b. 20-minute breaks
c. 20-minute break
d. 20-minutes break
7. The United States’ Library of Congress is one o f ____ _ libraries in the
world.
a. larger
b. largest
c. the largest
d. the most large
30

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TAP

8. Thanks for all your help! ~__________
a. You’re welcome.
b. I do like,
c. Good job!
d. T hat’s not bad.

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. W h a t______ Lan and Hoa (do) __________ now? - They (re a d )______
books in the library.
2. We (a rriv e )_______________ around six tomorrow.
3. H urry up! We (w a it)_________________ for you.
4. Nam (g o )__________ to the English club every Saturday.
5. He is learning (play)
:__________ the guitar.
6. My father (travel) _______________ to N ha Trang next week.
7. I have a computer, but I (not u s e ) ______________ it much.
8. You can (fin d )__________ m ath books on thè racks in the middle.
HI. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từđưực gạch dưới.
1. It's a quarter past te n .
2. We have Chem istry on W ednesday and Friday.
3. My fam ily has lunch a t 11.30.
4. They are playing soccer in the stadium .
5. Quang is studying M ath,
6. The children are going to the museum by bus.
7. The school library has about two thousand books.
8. You can find newspapers on the rack near the lib rarian ’s desk.

IV. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong Itgoặc.
1. H istory is a n _____________ subject, (interest)
2. They have ____________ _ in finding a suitable apartm ent, (difficult)
3. The most popular after-school_______ _ are football and basketball, (act)
4. The company has only 6 0 ______________ . (employ)
5. The ____ ______ way to travel is by plane, (fast)
6. H er E nglish is _______________th an mine, (good)
7. W hat a __________ party! I’d like to go home, (bore)
8. Few students like him. He is a n _____________ teacher, (popular)
UNIT 4: AT SCHOOL

31

V. Đọc kỹ lá thư, sau đó viết TRUE IU hoặc FALSE (F}„
Dear Peter,
Thank you for your letter. I t’s very interesting to know about schools in the
USA.
I th in k schools in V ietnam are a little different. V ietnam ese students
usually w ear school uniform when they are at school. C lasses s ta rt a t 7.00
each m orning and end at 11.15. Students have a 30-m inute break after three
periods. At break, m any students play games. Some go to the canteen and buy
something to eat or drink. Others talk together. Our school year lasts for nine
months, from Septem ber to May. Then we have a three-m onth summ er vacation.
Please w rite soon and tell me about your summer vacation.
Your friend,
Hoa
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Schools in Viet Nam are the same as schools in the USA.
There is no school uniform in Viet Nam.
Classes last from seven to a quarter past eleven.
Students have a break after the second period.
Most students play games at break.
The school year begins in September.
Summer vacation lasts for three months.

______
______
______
______
______
. ______

VI. Hoàn tâ't câu thứ hai sao cho nó có nghĩa tương tự với câu thứ nhât.
1. W here do you live?
W h at’s _____________ _________________;_______________________
2. The blue dress is cheaper th an the red one.
The red dress is ______________________ ;______________________
3. Nam is taller th an any students in his class.
Nam is t h e .............................................................................................. .......
4. We have a break th a t lasts th irty minutes.
We have a ______________________ :_______ _ ________ _________
5. W hen is your birthday?
■W h at’s ______________________________________________________
6. I t’s difficult to find an apartm ent in H a Noi.
I t’s n o t _____________________ ;___________ ________ ;__________________

32

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

5

UNIT

WORK AND PLAY

IN CLASS
Kết hợp các động từ ồ cột A với các từ hoặc cụm từ ỗ cột
B
1. play
a. an essay
2. use
b. the refrigerator
3. do
c. a picture
4. repair
d. experim ents
5. draw
e. a computer
f. Geography classes
6. w rite
7. enjoy
g- the guitar

B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

II. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng các môn học cho sẵn trong khung.
Physics

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

We
We
We
We
We
We
We
We

Biology

Geography

Math

History Art

Electronics

Literature

study different countries, rivers, m ountain ranges in Geography.
study how to repair household appliances in ____________.
study how things work i n ____________ .
study graphs, equations, calculation i n _________ .
study the life of plants and anim als i n ___________ .
study how to draw a picture in _________ .
study past events in Viet Nam as well as different countries i n _____
study stories, poems and w rite essays i n ______ ____________ .

III. Đọc và đặt dâu trọng âm các từ.
E x: 'crnthor
d iffe re n t
computer che m istry
geography
experim ent appliance re/W gerator lite ra tu re

science
physics

biology I
h is to ry

IV. Đặt cẵu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo từ gợi ý.
E x: She/ M ath// graphs, equations, calculation
What does she learn in Math?

~ ễùẽ. learns graphs, equations and calulation.
1. You/ Music// how to sing and play the piano

2. Lan/ History// past events in Viet Nam and around the world

3. They/ English// how to speak, listen, read and w rite in English

UNIT 5: WORK AND PLAY

33

4. Ba/ Electronics// how to repair household appliances

5. We/ Computer Science// how to use a computer

6. Nam and Nga/ Physical Education// how to keep fit

V. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc.
My brother ( b e ) _______ a journalist. He (w o rk )_________ for a newspaper
office in Ho Chi M inh City. Every day, he (go) ________ to work at 6.30 a.m
and (com e)_______ __ back home at 5p.m. He often (tra v e l)________to Ha Noi
on business. He (enjoy) ________ his work very much. In his free tim e, my
brother (learn)______ to play the guitar. He can (p la y )______ p retty well. Now
my family (be)______ _ in the living room. My brother (play)______________
the guitar and we (listen) _________________ attentively.
VI. Hoàn tâì đoạn văn với những từ cho sấn trong khung. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
finish

last

classes

at

interested

Computer Science

from

grade

Mai is a student (1)______ Quang Trung school. She is in (2)_______
7. She
goes to school (2)________ Monday to Saturday. (4)_______ _ always begin at
seven o’clock and (5)_________ at a quarter past seven. Today, Mai has four
classes: English, Geography, Computer Science and Physics. Mai is (6) _______
in computer, so her favorite subject is (7)_______________ . She thinks Geography
is difficult and so is English. Mai’s (8L>_________ lesson is Physics. In Physics,
she does some experiments.
1. W hat school does Mai go to?
2. Which grade is she in?
3. How often does she go to school?
4. W hat tim e do classes sta rt and end?
5. How m any classes does Mai have today? W hat are they?
6. Which subject does Mai like best?
7. W hat does she th in k about Geography and English?
8. W hat does Mai do in Physics class?
34

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

i r s ĩm E F0R RECESS
I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.
Ex: t_m_
tim e
4. ch _ t
7. p_n P_1
1. r_e___s
2. h___py
5. r_ l_ x
8. en_rg_t__c
3. __xe__t__đ
6. a__ti___ ty
9. _prt_b_e
II. Sắp xếp các danh từ vào các nhóm thích hợp.
atlas
catch skip rope history calculator
marble
computer science
bell
m ath
basketball
ball
physics
earphones
blindm an’s buff
guitar
literature
soccer
biology
su b jects (m ôn học)
th in g s (đồ v ậ t)
a c tiv itie s (h o ạ t độn g)
history

atlas

catch

III. Đặt các trạng từ vào đúng vị trí trong câu.
E x: My father drinks coffee, (never)
My father never drinks coffee.
1. I go to the English club, (often)
2. They play catch at recess, (usually)
3. The school yard is noisy a t recess, (always)
4. He don’t go swimming on the weekend, (often)
5. W here do you go on your holiday? (usually)
6. Nam is late for school, (never)
7. Does she skip rope a t recess? (always)
8. You can drink a little coffee, (sometimes)
9. I am very hungry by lunchtime, (usually)
10. The students speak English in the classroom, (always)
UNIT 5: WORK AND PLAY

35

IV- Viết câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng thì hiện tại đơn (present simple tense) hoặc
hiện tạĩ tiếp diễn (present progressive tense)
Ex: Lan/ often/ go to the zoo
Lan often goes to the zoo.
Nam/ play/ the guitar/ now
Nam is playing the guitar now.
1. M inh/ go swimming/ every afternoon
2. My brothers/ play/ tennis/ a t the m oment
3. I/ read/ an interesting novel
4. We/ sometim es/ play/ m arbles at recess
5. Some students/ eat and drink/ at this tim e
6. My father/ watch/ the news on TV
7. Phong/ play/ computer games/ in his free tim e
8. The boy/ sw ap/’cards w ith his friends / now

V. Đặt câu hỏi và trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.
E x: you/ often// play catch
What do you often do at recess? - We often play catch.

1. Nga/ always// skip rope
2. they/ usually// eat and drink
3. you/ often// talk w ith friends
4. your siter/ never// play m arbles
5. you and Nam / always// play catch
6. he/ usually// read a book

VI. Viết các mâ?u đối iMoậi.
E x: they/ play catch

A
B
A
B

3 6 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

What are they doing?
They are playing catch.
Do they often play catch?
Yes. They usually do.

'

1. Nga/ practice the piano
A :________________
B:
__________________________________________________________ __
A: ________________________________________________________ _
B: ________________________________
2. you/ play soccer
A: ________________________________________________ ________________
B :______________________ ________________________________
A :________________________________ _____________________
B:_____________ ______________ _____________________ _______ ;______ _
3. Nam and Ba/ talk w ith th eir friends
A :_____________ ________ ____________________ ___________ _
B:
____________________________ _________ _____________________
A :___________________________________ _________________________ __
B :_______ ____________ _________________ __________ ;___________ _
4. your brother/ play m arbles
A :_______________ ________________________________________
B:
_________
A: ____________ _____________________________________________ _
B :________ ;__________ 1________

VII. Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.
1. Mai is a student ______ Quang Trung School.
She i s ___grade 7.
2. _______ school she learns lots of different things.
3. Mai is very in te r e s te d ________ computers.
4. She has G eo graphy________ Monday and Thursday.
5. ______ h er Geography class, she learns about different countries.
6. Ba is good _______ fixing things.
,
7. He learns to play the g u ita r _____ __ his free tim e.
!
8. W hat do you usually d o __\
recess?
VIII. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F).
American students take p art in different activities at recess. The energetic
students often play basketball, but they never have tim e to play a whole game.
They ju st practice scoring goals. Many of the students listen to music. Sometimes
they read or study at the same time. Some of the children, m ainly boys, swap
baseball cards. They swap cards w ith th eir friends, so they can get the one
they w ant. E atin g and talk in g w ith friends are the m ost common ways of
relaxing at recess. These activities are the same all over the world.
1. Am erican students do different activities at recess time.
______
2. Energetic students often play a game of basketball at recess.
_____
3. Sometimes students listen to music and study at the same time. _ _ _ _ _
4. Baseball cards are popular w ith boys only.
_____
5. Eating and talking with friends are popular activities worldwide. ______
UNIT 5: WORK AND PLAY
37

TEST FOR UNIT 5
I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
E x: It’s t i m e ____ recess.
a. on
(b) for
c. to
d. at
1. Not m any students are ________ in gram m ar.
a. interested
b. favorite
c. good
d. excited
2. In Computer Science, Mai learns ________ to use a computer.
a. w hat
b. when
c. how
d. where
3. She ________ some experim ents in Physics class.
a. m akes
b. learns
c. does
d. enjpys
4. I n _________ , we study past events in Viet Nam and around the world.
a. H istory
b. L iterature
c. Geography
d. Physics
5. All the students enjoy _ _ _ _ _ _ on the weekend.
a. to camp
b. camping
c. camp
d. to camping
6. American students take p a r t _______ different activities at recess.
a. on
b. at
c. in
d. for
7. Vietnam ese students often talk together at _______ ?
a. present
b. recess
c. the m oment
d. school
8. Talking is _________ common way of relaxing.
a. more
b. most
c. the most
d. the more
II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.
this week. He’s Oil holiday.
1. Tim (not work)
maps in Geography.
2. She (studv)
thing’s.
3. Ba is good at (fix)
some experim ents at the moment.
4. Thev (do)
a famous author one day.
5. He (be)
to English club after school.
6. We often (go)
pictures.
7. He enjoys (draw)
household appliances.
8. Ba learns (repair)
indoors and classes (begin)
9. W hen the bell rings, everyone (go)
again.
an essay in L iterature next Monday.
10.. The students (write)
III. Đặt câu hỏĩ cho các từ được gạch dưới.
1. She goes to school six days a week.
2. We learn how to use a computer in computer science class.
3. Her favorite subject is English.
4. This book is 80,000 dong.
5. They are playing catch in the school yard.
38

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

6. I usually talk w ith my friends at recess.
7. My father is jogging in the park .
8. Classes always begin at seven o’clock.

IV. Sắp xếp các từ hoặc cụm từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. computer/ class/ Hoa/ use/ in/ Computer Science/ how/ learns/ to/ a/ her.
2. rings/ bell/ the/ noisy/ yard/ is / until/ the/ very.
3. eating/ are/ the most/ chatting/ common/ ways/ recess/ at/ OÍ7 relaxing/ and.
4. Geography/ study/ do/ w hat/ in/ you/ class?
5. playing/ like/ students/ some/ are/ games/ catch/ or/ blindm an’s bluff.

V. Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn tâ't đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
Nga is a student at a (1)________ school. She is in grade 7. She goes to
school from Monday to Saturday. H er school is on Nguyen Trai Street. It has
three floors and her (2)__________ is on the first floor. At school, Nga learns
many subjects (3)_______ as English, M ath, L iterature, History, Geography,
Physics, Music, Art, Sports, Computer Science, etc. Nga is interested (4)
past events in Viet Nam and around the world, so her (5)_______ subject is
History. She also likes L iterature and English.
At 9.20, she has recess. She often (6)______ rope w ith her friends at recess.
Sometimes they play games (7)______ blindm an’s bluff or catch. Sometimes
they chat w ith each other. Nga is always happy and (8)______ after recess.
secondary
nursery
1. prim ary
2. classroom
lesson
household
such
like
3. so
4. in
on
at
in te re stin g
favorite
5. im p o rta n t
plays
runs
6. skips
like
7. likely
alike
8. nervous
relaxed
exciting
1. W here is Nga’s school?
2. How often does N^a go to school?
3. W hat is h er favorite subject?
4. W hat does she learn in the History class?
5. W hat does she often do at recess?
6. How does she feel after recess?
UNIT 5: WORK AND PLAY

39

AFTER SCHOOL
n

WHAT DO YOU DO?

I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.
Ex: h_m_w__ k
homework
1. v__ll_yb__ Ị
4. c__l_br__t___ n
7. e_ll_c_j__n
5. a_t_v__ty
8.
p r_s_d______ t
2. p _ st___e
3. a_ n i_ er__ ry
6. d__ff__r___ t
9.
c__fet_r__a
II. Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn iất các
pỉays

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

go

rehearsing

collecting

tidy

câu.
watching

lying

You should _____________ your room every day.
The children like _____________ stam ps.
They a r e _____________ a new play.
S h e _____________ the violin in the school orchestra.
Nam i s _____________ on the couch ______________ television.
We o f te n _____________ to the school cafeteria at recess.

ill. Viết các lời đề nghị hoặc gợi ý, dùng Let’s S h o u ld we... ?
E x: go to the movies
Let’s go to the movies ■
Should we go to the movies?

1. play soccer
2. go swimm ing
3. invite him to the party
4. go to the library
5. travel by bus
6. visit our old teachers

IV. Sắp xếp cáo từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
E x: the/ never/ she/ does/ housework She never does the housework.
1. always/ church/ he/ to/ goes/ Sundays/ on.
2. they/ free/ usually/ are/ the/ weekend/ on.
3. m arbles/ boys/ often/ the/ recess/ play/ at / do?
40

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 * PHAN BÀI TẬP

4. library/ I/ in/ study/ school/ after/ the/ sometimes.
5. Phong/ interested/ is/ in/ always/ music.
6. never/ my/ can/ m eal/ a/ cook/ good/ sister.

V. Đặt câu hỏi về những hoạt động sau buôl học và viết câu trả lời theo từ gợi ý.
Ex: you/ play badm inton
What do you usually do after school? ~ I usually play badminton.
1. Nam/ study in the library
2. Ba and Phong/ play video games
3. your brother/ watch videos
4. they/ go to the stam p collector’s club
5. you/ learn to play the piano
6. your children/ go swimming
7. Mai/ skip w ith h er friends
8. your sister/ help my m other with the housework

VI. Dùng các từ gợi ý để đặt câu hỏi “How often” và viết câu trả lời.
E x: Nam / go to the movies// usually
How often does Nam QO to the m ovies?
He usually goes to the movies.

They/ play volleyball// every afternoon
How often do they play volleyball?
They play volleyball every afternoon.

1. you/ go swimming// three tim es a week

2. Nam/ play computer games// sometimes

3. you / go to the zoo// once a year

UNIT 6: AFTER SCHOOL

41

4. he/ study in the library// usually

5. Hoa/ write to Tim// every month

6. they/ play tennis// often

7. the students/ go camping// twice a year

8. Nga’s father/ watch TV// every night

MIL Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại.
N am
Tuan?
( 1) __________ :___________________
Tuân
I am learning English.
N am
relax.
You work too much. You (2)__
Tuân
OK. (3)______ go swimming.
N am
you often go swimming?
G reat idea! ( 4 ) __
T uân
___swimming after school.
Yes. I usually (5)
( 6 ) _____________
____ u su a lly _____ after school, Nam?
N am
I often play video games.
Tuân
Do you ( 7 ) _____ _ sports?
N am
Yes. I sometimes play badminton.

LET'S GO!
I. Dùng các từ cho sẩn trong khung để hoàn tâ't các câu.
survey

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

entertainment

organizations

models

instrument community

There are m any kinds o f _____________ at the village fair.
You should learn to play a m u sic a l__________ such as the guitar.
A magazine _______ shows th a t m any teenagers like pop music.
. of things such as cars or planes.
My brother likes m a k in g ___
Teenagers can attend youth _
_______ such as scouts or guides.
Many young people are doing
___________ service.

II. Đọc và đặt dâu trọng âm các từ.
E x: '/avorite
assignm ent e n te ria m m e n t program
teenager
organisation
especially
com7?2imity
volunteer environm ent cam paign
42

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

_

III. Điền vàp chỗ trông với shoíildhoầc shouldn’t
E x: Children sh ou ld drink lots of milk.
1. You
.______help your m other with the housework.
2. Young p e o p le __________ do more to help elderly people.
3- Students ____________ go to school late.
4. S h e b rushes her teeth after every meal.
5. You ________ drink beer. It’s not good for your health.
6. ___________ children stay up late? - No, t h e y __________ .
7. W e _________ eat a lot of fruit and vegetables.
8. C h ild re n _________ work too much. T h e y _________ relax and play games
in the sun.
IV- Viết câu để nghị hoặc gợi ý, dùng Let’s
What about
E x: play volleyball
L et’s play volleyball.

Why don’t we...?

What about playing volleyball?
Why don’t we play volleyball?

1. go to the school cafeteria

___________________________________ ______

2. eat in fast food restaurant

3. do homework together

4. play table tennis

5. go to the beach

------------ á------.------------------------------ ------------------ị
.
__________ __________________________1

6. go shopping

V. Đưa ra lời mời, dùng ấũWouldyou like
E x: go to the movies with us
Would you like to go to the movies with us?
a sandwich
Would you like a sandw ich?
1. play basketball
______ _________________________________
2. some coffee
■ _______ '_____________________ _______ _
3. come to my house for dinner _______________________________________ _
4. fried chicken
________________________________________
5. sit down
________________________________________
6. some orange juice
UNIT 6: AFTER SCHOOL
43

7. go shopping
8. an apple

________________________________________
________________________________________

VI. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý.
___ At six o’clock. After party, we are going to see a movie. Will you join us?
___ Yes. r d love to. W hat time?
___ T hat’s too bad.
1 Would you like to come to my birthday party tonight?
___ I’m sorry. I can’t. I have too much homework.
___ It’s my pleasure.
____Thanks for inviting me.
VII. Hoàn ta't đoạn văn với nhữngtừ trong khung, sau đó viết TRUEhoặc FALSE.
far

need

can organizations

willing

having

You (1)_______ change the world with the daily interactions you have with
your fam ily friends, and people in your community. You do not have to go
(2)_______ to find someone who needs your help. There are (3)_____________ in
all communities th a t help the homeless, provide support for old people, provide
daycare for families th a t are (4)
____ a hard time, or build hou~esfor those
in (5)__________ . There is a huge need for teens th a t are (6)____________to help.
1. Teenagers can’t help make the world become different.
________
2. There are a lot of people who need help around you.
________
3. Community organizations provide help to people in need.
______
4. Community service programs are offered to adults only.
______

TEST FOR UNIT 6
I.

Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điển vào chỗ trống.
E x: ______ are you doing?
c. When
cL W here
@ W hat
b. Who
relax more often.
1. You work toò much. You
d. shouldn’t
c. will
a. can
b. should
! Let’s £fo to the beach.
2. T hat’s a good
c. idea
d. question
a. thinking
b. answer
3.
come to mv house? - OK. Let’s so.
c. W hat about
d. Would you like
a. Why don’t you b. Let’s
4. Ba collects stam ps for fun. He is a stam p
c. collector
d. collected
a. collecting
b. collection
a play for the school anniversary celebration.
5. N sa is
c. practicing
a. m aking
b. rehearsing
d. playing
6. W hat about
Ha Long Bay?
c. visiting
d. visited
a. to visit
b. visit
7.
W ednesday afternoons, he and his friends £fet together.
c At
d. For
a. In
b. On

44

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN

bài tập

8. Thanks for inviting me to your birthday party.
a. Good idea!
b. I’d love to.
c. It’s my pleasure, d. T hat’s right.

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. W here (b e )__________
your friends?
- They (study) _____________________ in the library.
2. M inh usually (play) ___________ volleyball after school. Now he (play)
________________ volleyball in the sports ground.
3. C hildren shouldn’t (stay) _________
up late.
4. Next Sunday is Nga’s birthday. She (in v ite)_____________ some friends
to her birthday party.
5. He enjoys (collect) _____________ stam ps and coins.
6. Next year, my sister (be) ____ ______ a teacher.
7. I (do) ____________ _ my m ath homework at the moment.
8. Nam isn’t very fit. He (not do) _____________ any sport.
III. Kết hợp các câu đề nghị ở cột A với các câu trả lời thích hợp ỗ cột B.
A
B
1. Should we go home?
a. Oh, I really don’t like playing games.
2. Let’s go to the cafeteria?
b. G reat idea! L et’s get some cold
drink.
3. W hy d o n ’t you com e a n d p lay
volleyball?
c. Yes, please.
4. Would you like another cake?
d. OK. We are all tired.
5. W hat about playing computer games? e. I’d love to. W hat time?
6. Would you like to come for dinner? f. Sorry. I’ve too m any assignm ents.
1 . ___ 2 . _____ 3 . ____ 4 . ___ 5._____ 6
IV. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ gạch dưới.
1.
_____________________________
She is practicing the piano.
2.

“ I usually play soccer after schoọl.
3.
My father likes playing ten n is.
4.
M inh goes swimming three tim es a week.
5.
- They are going to see a movie tonight.
6.
- Nga w ants to go shopping.
7.
The children are in the library.
- C hildren should brush th eir teeth after meals.
UNIT 6: AFTER SCHOOL

45

v„ Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE.

Vietnamese students take part in different after-school activities. Some students
are in terested in sport. They often play soccer, table ten n is or badm inton.
Sometimes they go swimming in the swimming pools. Some students like music,
dram a and movies. They often practice playing musical instrum ents in the school
music room. They join in the school theater group and usually rehearse plays.
Some are members of the stamp collector’s club. On Saturday afternoon, they get
together and talk about their stamps. A few students stay at home and play video
games or computer games. Most of them enjoy their activities after school hours.
1. Vietnamese students don’t like playing sports after school.
_____
2. Students often practise playing musical instrum ents a t school. _____
3. Members of the stam p collector’s club get together once a week. _____
4. Most students play computer games after school.
_____
5. Many Vietnam ese students enjoy th eir after-school activities. _____

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others. (Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới phát âm khác các từ khác.)
1. a. rehearse
b. please
c. teach
d. cheap
2. a. invite
b. skip
c. assign
d. stripe
3. a. house
b. happy
c. how
d. hour
4. a. subject
b. lunch
c. busy
d. study
II. Choosethe correct word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ thích họp đểdiền vào chỗtrông.)
1. My father n e v e r _____ _____coffee, (drink/ drinking/ drinks/ to drink)
2. Nam likes __________ volleyball, (play/ playing/ plays/ to playing)
3. There are __________TV programs for teenagers nowadays, (little/ few/
much/ any)
4. _________ do they get together? ~ Every W ednesday afternoon. (Where/
How/ W hen/ How often)
5. The magazines are on the r a c k s ______ the middle of the room, (on/ in/
at/ from)
6. A ________ CD player is good because you can take it everywhere, (portable/
modern/ good/ powerful)
7. Reading is her favorite ___________ , (pastim e/ action/ subject/ sport)
8. I n _________ , we do some experiments. (Math/ History/ Chemistry/ English)
III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. (Cho dạng hoặc thì
đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.ì
It (be) _________ half past seven in the evening. All the people in Nam ’s
family (be)
_____ at home now. His father likes (read) _________ newspapers
but now he (w a tc h )_____________ the news on TV. His m other usually (teach)
_________ Nam and his sister English but at present she (m ake)_______________
46

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

a cake in the kitchen. Nam and his sister ( p la y ) ______ ___ chess. They all
(enjoy) _________ a happy Saturday evening.

IV. Match the sentence (answer) in column B with the sentence (question) in
column A. (Ghép các câu ở cột B với các câu ở cột AJ
A
B
1. W hen do you have English classes?
a. Twice a week.
2. W hen will you sit your final exams?
b. Next week
3. W hat do you usually do at recess?
c. Thanks. I’m glad you like it.
4. W hat sports do you like playing?
d. On Tuesday and Friday.
5. How often do you go swimming?
e. I talk with my friends.
6. W hat a nice dress!
f. Badminton.
7. W hat about having some cold drink?
g. Not at all.
8. Thank you for coming.
h. OK. Let’s go to the cafeteria.
1 . ___ 2 . ____ 3 . ____ 4 . ____ 5.
6 . ____ 7.
V. Supply the correct form of the word in brackets. (Cho dạng đúng cửa từ
trong ngoặc.)
1. My brother is v e r y ______
. He likes sport and is good at it. (sport)
2. Most A m e ric a n ______ _1
like eating fast food, (teen)
3. She is m aking a
2_______of coins and medals, (collect)
4. Pablo Picasso was a talented __________ . (art)
5. It’s a r e a lly ___________ TV programme, (interest)
6. The most p o p u la r___________ at recess is talking, (act)
VI. Complete the passage with the words from the box. (Hoàn tâ ĩ đoạn văn với
các từ trong khung.}
titles

order

it find should

library

librarian

show

How do you (1)______ a book in the library? You (2)________ look in th|3 card
index. These cards (3)________ the subjects. They are in alphabetical (4)
_____ .
There are two sets of cards in the (5)
One is authors and the other is
(6)_______ . If you know both the author’s name and the title of the book, you
can find (7)____ very easy. If the book isn ’t on the shelf, ask the (8)__________
to get it for you.
- card index (n): bộ p h iế u thư mục - title (n): tên sách - author (n): tác giả

VII- Do as directed in brackets. (Làm theo chỉ dẫn trong ngoặc.)
1. He goes to the library three tim es a week. (Make question).
2. They will accept our offer. (Change into negative form )

3. W hat do you usually do after school? (Answer the question)
4. We play soccer. (Make a suggestion, use “W hat about
TEST YOURSELF

47

UNIT
IP

7

A STUDENT'S WORK

I. Tìm từ không cùng loại với các từ còn lạiMay
CMoiidaỵ>
E x: July
homework
easy
1. late
spring
holiday
2. summ er
in te re stin g
keen
3. review
C hristm as
4. Am erican
E aster
lazy
hard
5. typical
flowers
6. C hristm as trees presents

Septem ber
long
fall
im p o rta n t
T h an ksgiving
fam ily
wine

II. Xếp các danh từ sau thành hai nhóm: đếm được và không đếm được.
English egg
orange milk vacation hour homework soup music
vegetable rice letter orange juice fruit month* flower money people
C ountable n o u n s:__________________ :______________________ ________ _
U ncou ntab le nouns:

III. Điền vào chỗ trốhg vđi a few hoặc a little.
Ex: We only have a few flowers.
There is a little milk in the
refrigerator.
1. She asks u s _______ questions.
2. I can s p e a k _____________ French.
3. _____________ people go to the meeting.
4. There are only ______________ books on the shelf.
5. My father is e a tin g ______________ chicken soup.
6. They will h a v e _____________ m ilk for breakfast.
7. There a r e _____________ letters in the letter-box.
8. He has
'__________money and he will b u y ______________ vegetables.
IV. Cho dạng so sánh thích hợp của các từ trong ngoặc.
E x: Nam i s ___ taller _____ th an his sister, (tall)
1. Mr. Tan works ________ hours th an my father, (many)
2. Summer vacation is the _________ vacation, (long)
3. Vietnamese students h a v e _______ vacations than American students, (few)
4. Students today seem to have _________ tim e for relaxation, (little)
5. C hristm as is one of the _____________ vacations in America, (im portant)
6. This old woman h a s ________ money th an all of h er daughters, (much)
7. Bill i s _________ th an you. (good)
48

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

8. Vietnam ese students work __________ than American students, (hard)
9. He is t h e _______ teacher, even though he has t h e _________ experience.
(good - little)
10. English class is ___________ ______ th an H istory class, (interesting)

V. Cho thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
E x: She (com e)____ will come _____ tomorrow morning.
1. Hoa always (spend)________ tim e with her family on summ er vacation.
2. My m other (w o rk )_________ part-tim e three m ornings a week.
3. W h a t ________ you (like)
_____ doing during your vacations?
4. It’s ten to seven. H urry up or you (b e )____________ late for school.
5. M r Tuan and his brother (work) ____________ in the fields from 9 am
till 4 pm every day.
6. Hoa (h av e )______breakfast w ith her uncle a t the moment.
They ( ta lk ) _________________________ about Hoa’s work.
7. In the future, we (not have) _____________ much work to do.
8. Look! The cat (eat) ____________________your breakfast!
VI. Đọc lá thư. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
July 2nd
Dear Tim,
Thanks for your letter. I am very glad to hear th at you are fine. I am fine, too.
It’s really interesting to know about vacations of American students.
You are right. We have fewer vacations th an American students. Each year,
we just have about four vacations. We have a day off for Independent Day on
Septem ber 2nd, two days off on April 30th and May Day. Our most im portant
vacation is Tet. T et holiday often lasts for nine or te n days. Our longest
vacation is sum m er vacation. It la s t for alm ost th re e m onths. We usually
spend our vacation tim e with our families. We don't have vacations for Easter,
Thanksgiving and Christm as, but we also celebrate them .
Please w rite and tell me your last summer vacation.
Your friend,
Hoa
1. Do Vienam ese students have more or fewer vacations th an Am erican
students?
2. How m any vacations do Vietnamese students have? W hat are they?
3. W hich vacation is the longest?
4. Which vacation is the most im portant?
UNIT 7: THE WORLD OF WORK

49

5. How long does Tet holiday last?
6. W hat does Hoa do during her vacations?
7. Do Vietnam ese students have C hristm as vacation?

n

THE WORKER

I. Kết hợp các động từ ỏ cột A với các từ hoặc cụm từ ở cột
A
B
1. repair
a. eggs
2. feed
b. golf
3. collect
c. buffalo shed and chicken coop
4. clean
d. machines
5. send
e. pigs, buffalo and chickens
6. play
f. vegetables
7. grow
g* a postcard

B.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7,

II. Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn tâ't các câu bên dưới.
mechanic

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

nurse

driver

musician

farmers

teacher author plumber

Tim’s father repairs machines in a factory. He is a ___________ .
My aunt w rites books. She is a n ___________ .
He plays the piano in the orchestra. He is a ___________ .
Miss Thanh takes care of sick people. She is a ___________ .
They work on the farm s in the countryside. They a r e ___________ .
Tam drives a taxi. He is a taxi ___________ .
Dave installs and repairs w ater pipes. He is a ____________ .
Mr. Robinson teaches English in a high school. He is an E nglish_____ __

III. Viết thành các tính từ ghép (compound adjectives).
Ex: A break lasts tw enty minutes.
A twenty-minute break _______
1. A summer vacation lasts three months. ___________________________
2. A tour lasts six days.
___ Í
__
3. A rest lasts ten minutes.
___________________________
4. A report longs three pages.
_______ ___________ ;_______
5. A stam p costs five hundred dong.
________ _________ ________
6. A class lasts two periods.
_________ __________ _______

IV. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng nhóm từ so sánh more than; fewer... than; less... thi
E x: He works 72 hours a week. His wife works 56 hours a week.
-> He works more hours than his wife.
—» His wife works fewer hours than he.
50

BẢI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

1. I have 20 books. My friend has 18 books.
-» My friend h a s _________ b o o k s__________ I.
—» I h a v e _________ b o o k s__________ my friend.
2. Lan drinks two glasses of milk a day. Nga drinks three glasses of milk.
-> Nga drinks ______
m ilk
________Lan.
-» Lan d r in k s _________ m ilk __________ Nga.
3. Hoa has four vacations a year. Tim has six vacations a year.
—> Hoa has _________ vacations __________ Tim.
-» Tim h a s _________ vacations __________ Hoa.
4. Tan eats two slices of beef. Ba eats one slice of beef.
—> Ba e a t s __________ b e e f _________ Tan.
—> Tân e a t s _________ b e e f__________ Ba.
5. Mr. Tuan has four days off a month. His wife has eight days off a month.
days o ff_________ his wife.
—> Mr. Tuan h a s ______ _
—» Mr. Tuan’s wife h a s _________ days o f f _________ _ he.
6. Thu spends fifty thousand dong a week. Loan spends seventy thousand dong.
-> Loan spends __________ m o n ey __________ Thu.
-» Thu s p e n d s ____ ____ money __________ Loan.

V. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc. Sau đó trả lời các
câu hỏL
From about nine in the morning until four in the afternoon, Mr Tuan (work)
________ in the fields with his brother. They (grow )_________ some rice, but their
main crop (be) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ vegetables. From twelve to one o’clock, Mr. Tuan (rest)
________ and (eat)______ _ lunch. At four in the afternoon, they (come)______ (_
back home. Mr. Tuan (feed) ________ the animals again. Then he (clean) _ _ _ _ _
the buffalo shed and the chicken coop. His work usually (fin ish )________ ; at six.
1. What does Mr. Tuan do from nine in the morning until four in the afternoon?
2. Who does he work with?
3. W hat do they grow?
4. W hat is th eir m ain crop?
5. W hat does Mr. Tuan do from twelve to one o’clock?
6. W hat tim e do they come back home?
7. W hat tim e does his work usually finish?
UNIT 7: THE WORLD OF WORK

51

TEST FOR UNIT 7
I. Chọn từ, cum từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
E x: _______ does your class start?
a. W hat
b. W here
(a) W hat tim e
d. Why
1. The summer vacation _____'
for almost three m onths.
d. finishes
b. lasts
c. spends
a. longs
work, he firoes to the city.
2. When there is
d. least
a. many
b. fewer
c. less
vour summer vacation?
3. W hat will you do
d. with
a. during
b. for
c. in
4. Who’s taking
of the family when your m other's away?
d. tim e
a. part
b. day
c. care
5. Mv brother likes watching soccer. d. So I do
a. I do, too.
b. So like I.
c. I am, too.
6. Mr. Tuan has
davs off than Mr. Jones.
d. much
a. many
b. less
c. fewer
7. Hoa is a
student and she studies hard.
a. keen
b. lazy
c. fast
d. nervous
8. Thanh helps children to learn. She IS a
d. w riter
b. musician
c. teacher
a. doctor
II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ.
1. I (come) __________ _
and see you sometime.
2. Mr Jones ( g e t)____________ seven public holidays each year.
3. We all like (w a lk )_____________
along the beach in the morning.
4. Mr. Tuan and his brother (w o rk )_o n his farm right now.
5. Don’t worry! You (h a v e )_________.
lots of friends soon.
6. Students have to (review )____________ th eir work carefully before tests.
7. They always (go) ____________ to N ha Trang on summ er vacation.
8. Don’t shout! The teacher (com e)_______________ .
III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.
1. I find H istory r e a lly _____________ . (interest)
2. I hope you’ll join in our C h ristm a s __________
. (celebrate)
3. He e a r n s _____________ money than his wife, (much)
4. Summer holiday is the ________ holiday in Viet nam. (long)
5. I will _______ _____be back by ten. (definite)
6. V ietnam ese__________ have fewer vacations th an Am erican ones, (study)
7. We should do more to h e lp ___________ people, (home)
8. She k n o w s ___________ th an I do about it. (little)
52

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

IV. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.
1. Our school year sta rts on Septem ber 5th.
2. Our sum m er vacation lasts for three m onths.
3. The longest vacation is summer vacation.
4. I usually visit my grandparents during my vacation.
5. My m other works eight hours a day.
6. Mr. Robinson is an English teacher.

V. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE.
C hristm as is a holiday when people get together w ith family. People give
presents to each other or send cards wishing each other a m erry Christm as. At
Christm as, people decorate C hristm as trees and put up lights around the house.
A common C hristm as dinner IS turkey. There are also lots of baked goodies for
the kids. C hristm as begins on the day before Christm as, or C hristm as Eve and
continues until Boxing Day, when m any people go shopping for sales.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

People usually spend Christm as with th eir f a m i l y . _________
People send C hristm as greetings to each other.
_________
People put up C hristm as trees around the house.
______ __
People often have turkey for th eir C hristm as dinner.
_________
Many people go shopping on C hristm as Eve.
_______ L_

VI. Hoàn tất câu thứ ha! sao cho nó có nghĩa tương tự với câu thứ nhất.
1. Tim’s father has more vacations th an Hoa’s father.
Hoa’s father has
2. Why don’t we go to the cafeteria?
W hat about
3. Mai drinks more m ilk th an her brother.
M ai’s brother drinks
4. It’s necessary for students to review th eir work before tests.
S tudents
5. We will have a vacation th a t lasts for three m onths.
We will have a
6. Nam intends to visit his grandparents tonight.
Nam is
UNIT 7: THE WORLD OF WORK

■,

53

3ỉ

UNIT
I

ASKING THE WAY

I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trông một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng. Sau đó cho nghĩa
tiếng Việt của từ.
nơi chốn
Ex: pl_e_
p/^ce
1. s__uv_n_r st__r_
: - _______________ ___________________________
2. r___Ịw_y s t_ t___ 11
:
___________________________________ _______
3. st_d___ m
:
_________________________________________
4. r _ s t ___ r__nt
:
_________________________________________
5 . os__it__l
:
_________________________________________
6. m _ s___m
:
_______________ ;_____________ ____________
7. s _ p _ r m _ _k__t

:

____________________________________________

8. f_c__or___

:

___________ _

__________________________

II. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung.
bakery

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

post office

shoe store

bank

bookstore drugstore

hotel

movie theater

I usually buy shoes at t h e _______________ near my house.
Nam is going to t h e _____to buy some
medicines.
Nga w ants to see a movie.She will go to the __________ __tonight.
She has lots of money in t h e ________ ______.
We are going to stay at the New W o rld _____________ .
Liz w ants to mail a letter. She is going to t h e _____________ .
Bread is baked for sale in a ______________ .
I wanted to buy some novels, so I went to t h e ______________________ .

III. Điền vào chỗ trốhg các giới từ in, on, at, for, between, opposite,
from, to.
1. My house is __________ the bookstore and the school.
my school.
2. There is a m arket ________ front of
3. The bus stop i s __________ the right, ___________ the post office.
4. Dad i s n 't ________ home right now. He’s _________ work.
5. There is a superm arket ____________ Nguyen Trai Street.
6. How far is i t ________Da N ang _______ Hue?
7. Turn l e f t ________ the next crossroads. The bank i s ________ your right.
8. It takes about two hours to g e t _________ H a Noi by coach.
IV. Dùng các từ gợi ý để đặt câu hỏi với “Where” và viết câu trả lời.
E x: bank// opposite/ hospital
Where is the bank? -The bank is opposite the hospital.

1.

54

post office// next to/ busstop

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẦN BÀI TẬP

2. museum// front/ park
3. souvenir shop// between/ bookstore/ toystore
4. stadium// on/ Phan Dinh Phung Street
5. m arket// opposite/ movie th eater
6. students// in/ library
7. superm arket// near/ hospital
8. drugstore// left/ my house

V. Dùng các từ gợi ý để đặt câu hỏi với “How fa r...?” và viết câu trả lờiE x: bus stop/ school// 200 m eters.
How far is it from the bus stop to school? -It’s about 200 meters .
1. your house/ Ben T hanh m arket// one kilom eter
2. post office/ bakery// 800 m eters
3. H a Noi/ Hue// 680 kilom eters
4. your house/ school// 500 m eters
5. Da N ang/ Ho Chi M inh City// 900 kilom eters
6. H a Noi/ Ho Chi M inh City// 1,700 kilom eters
7. your school/ public library// two kilom eters
8. Hue/ Da Nang// 100 kilom eters

VI. Sắp xếp các câu sau thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý.
___ Is there a departm ent store near the hotel?
___ It’s not far - just about one kilometer.
___ The Metropole Hotel? OK. Go straight ahead. Take the second street on
the left. The hotel is on your right.
___ T hank you very much.
___ No, th ere isn ’t. But there is a superm arket in the neighborhood.
___ You’re welcome.
UNIT 8: PLACES

55

J__Excuse me. Could you show me the way to the Metropole Hotel?

__ How far is it from the hotel to the superm arket?

i

AT THE POST OFFICE
Sắp xếp các chữ cái thành từ đúng.
Ex: artekm
m a rk e t ___
1. e rle tt
__ _________
5. gechan
2. ren tsp a ___________
6. alppen
3. am stp ______ _____
7. ardc
8. iendfr
4. veenlope__________ _

II. Dùng các từ trong khung để hoàn tẵ't các câu bên dưới.
local

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

postcard

overseas

phone card

receives

mail

I w ant t o ____________ a letter. Let’s go to the post office.
Hoa usually b u y s __________
stam ps to send letters to Hue.
P eter is a n _____________student in Viet Nam.
Nga always
__________ a birthday present from her best friend.
You can use a _____________ to make a (phone) call.
She sent her m other a

__________ of the cathedral.

III. Đọc và đặt dấu trọng âm các từ.
E x: Violiday
overseas
direction
regularly
souvein ir
envelope
America

local

£/iowsand

altogether
vacation

IV. Viết câu theo từ gợi ý, dùng cấíi true: Subject + would like + to-inf/noun. Viết
rút gọn nếu có thể.
E x: I/ send this letter/ the USA
I'd like to send this letter to the U SA
. Tommy/ a sandwich and a glass of m ilk
Tommy would like a sandwich and a glass o f milk,

1. Mai/ bread and eggs/ breakfast
2. Nam / buy a phone card
3. Hoa/ some local stam ps
4. They/ orange juice
5. She/ borrow some English books
6. Liz/ m ail a postcard/ her friend
5 6 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

7. We/ a packet of tea
8. I/ tell you about my family

V. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời về giá tiền.
E x: this book// 20,000 dong
How much is this book? -It’s twenty thousand dong.

these books/ 28,000 dong.
How much are these books? -They’re twenty-eight thousand dong

1. these envelopes// 5,000 dong
2. the picture// 64,000 dong
3. this poscard// 12,000 dong
4. a local stam p and an envelope// 1,500 dong
5. those sandwiches// 8,500 dong
6. the phone card// 50,000 dong
7. a pad of paper// 15,000 dong
8. three boxes of chocolates// 75,000 dong

VI- Điền các giđi từ thích hợp vào chỗ trốhg.
1. My house is j u s t ___________________ the left of the school.
2. Could you show me the way ________ the superm arket?
3. Nga and Hoa a r e __________ the post office now.
4. They w rite _______ each other once a month.
5. I usually buy a phone c a r d __________ the post office.
6. Fd like some stam ps _________ overseas mail.
7. Take the first s t r e e t ______ the right. The m arket is in f r o n t _____ you.
8. Hoa has a pen p a l______ America, so she want tò send a le tte r______thê u s .
VII.
Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý
___ How much will it be if I send it registered?
__ t_ Good morning, sir. Can I help you?
___ Good morning. I’d like to send this parcel to Spain.
___ Fifteen pounds, sir.
___ T hat’s nine pounds fifty, please.
UNIT 8: PLACES

57

_Here you are. T hank you very much. Goodbye.
_Do you w ant to send it registered?
. No, th a t’s too much. I ll just send it normal post.
.Yes, two stam ps and this card please.
. Seven pounds, sir. Anything else?

TEST FOR UNIT 8
I. Chọn tù; cụm từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
E x: There are two b o o k sto res_____ Nguyen Trai Street.
a. at
b. to
(a) on
d. next
1. ____ th ere a post office near here?
a. Is
b. Are
c. Does
d. Do
2. ________ you show me the way to the Ben T hanh m arket?
a. Do
b. Are
c. Could
d. Should
3. The souvenir shop is beside the hotel. It is ________ to the hotel.
a. opposite
b. next to
c. behind
d. in front of
4. I told the taxi driver to keep t h e _________ .
a. stam p
b. mail
c. change
d. card
5. _____ can I get there from here. ~You can take a bus.
a. How
b. W hen
c. W hat
d. W here
6. It _____ about two hours to get there.
a. gets
b. has
c. takes
d. needs
7. H o w _____ does it take to get to Ha Noi by coach? -About 18 hours.
a. far
b. long
c. much
d. often
8. How much is th a t altogether? -___________
a. T hat is th irty thousand dong. b. It’s th irty thousands dong,
c. T hat are th irty thousand dong. d. They are th irty thousands dong
II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. Could you tell me how ( g e t)_to the bus stop?
to the post office rig h t now.
2. Hoa and Nga (g o )___________
3. _______ you usually (g e t)________ up late at weekends?
4. Hoa w ants (go)_______ to the post office because she needs (buy) _ _ _ _ _
a phone card.
5. OK. I (m a il)______________ this letter tomorrow.
6. He (phone) ____________ his parents three or four tim es a week.
7<
they (work) _____________ at home today?
8. I would like (send)
_______ this lette r to the u s .
III. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.
1. The hotel is opposite the museum.
2.
58

I t’s about two kilom eters from my house to the m arket.
BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3. It takes about tw enty m inutes to go to school by bike.
4. These envelopes cost 5,000 dong.
5. Hoa needs some stam ps and a w riting pad.
6. A lette r to Am erica is 9, 500 dong.
7. Liz will send these letters to her friends.
8. I would like some orange juice.

IV. Sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. the/ on/ right/ railw ay station/ the/ is.
2. is/ park/ near/ house/ my/ there/ a.
3. tell/ you/ could/ me/ toẢ the/ how/ to/ get/ souvenir shop?
4. it/ is/ how much/ to/ America / m ail/ to/ letter/ a?
5. she/ to/ like/ buy/ would/ postcards/ some.
6. take/ how long/ it/ to/ Ha Noi/ does/ get/ to/ plane/ by?

V. Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại sau, dùng sơ đồ cho sẩn.
Park

Hotel

Market

Restaurant

Stadium

Drugstore

Souvenir store

Post office

Supermarket

Clothing store

Museum

School

to the restaurant?
the
T o u ris t: Excuse me. Could you show
street on the
Ba
: G o _____ ahead. Take the _
the m arket.
The restau ran t is on
______ _
Tourist : _______ ;____ a stadium near here?
Ba
: Yes, there is.
there?
how
tell
Tourist :
_ on the
ahead. Take
Ba
Go
the superm arket .
The stadium is
T ourist ; T hanks a lot.
You’r e _____ _
Ba
UNIT 8: PLACES

59

UNIT
n

9

AT HOME AND AWAY

A HOLIDAY IN NHA TRANG

I. Cho dạng quá khứ của các động từ sau.
Ex: to help
helped
to
to visit
to
to arrive
to
to rem em ber
to
to return
to
to ren t
to
to receive
to
to talk
to
to stop
to
to look
to
to move
to
to watch
to
to learn
to

have
be
go
buy
take
see
th in k
wear
put
eat
give
teach
make

had

II. Hoàn tâ't các câu, dùng dạng quá khứ của các động từ trong khung.
buy

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

take

go

return

be

wear

eat

receive

The seafood was very delicious.
H o a ___________ a letter from her penpal Tim yesterday.
I __________ to the movie th eater last night.
T h e y __________fish and crab for th eir lunch.
Liz _________ to Ha Noi from N ha Trang two days ago.
S h e ____________ a blue dress in her last birthday party.
Mr. R obinson _________ Liz a cap.
H e __________his children to the zoo last Sunday.

III. Điền vào chỗ trốhg dạng đúng của động từ to be: am, is, are, was, were.
Ex: I am a student now.
1. The ho m ew o rk _v ery difficult yesterday.
2. The children __________in the park five m inutes ago.
3. N ha T rang _______ a beautiful place.
4. I ________ late for school yesterday.
5. W here _______ she yesterday? - S h e __________at home.
6. W e _________ tired today. W e _________ _ a t the party last night.
7. S h e _______ unhappy because she doesn’t have any friends in the city.
8. _________ you a t home yesterday morning?
60

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

IV. Viết câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng thì quá khứ đơn (past simple tense).
E x: I/ visit my grandparents/ yesterday
I visited my grandparents yesterday.

1. She/ buy a lot of souvenirs/ last summer vacation
2. My m other/ give me a yellow cap
3. They/ arrive at the airport/ at eight o’clock this m orning
4. I/ speak to her about my vacation
5. Mr. Quang/ teach m athem atics for m any years
6. I/ see you a t the party/ last night
7. The children/ be very happy in th eir trip to N ha Trang
8. M inh/ put the cake on the table
9. They/ live here/ two years ago
10. Nga/ be late for school/ yesterday m orning

V. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợl ỷ.
E x: you/ go to the zoo/ yesterday// Yes/ No
Did you oo to the zoo yesterday? - Yes, I did./ No, I didn’t
1. Ba/ teach Liz Vietnam ese// Yes
2. he/ m ail his friend a postcard// No
3. they/ retu rn home/ yesterday// No
4. Mrs. Robinson / buy a poster// Yes
5. you / send me those flowers// Yes
6. she / receive m any gifts// No
7. we/ m eet her a t the m eeting/ last week// Yes
8. they/ live in this town/ in 1990// No
UNIT 9: AT HOME AND AWAY

61

WL Đọc đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
Last year, M inh spent his summer vacation in N ha Trang. It was the first
tim e he went to N ha Trang. He stayed at a friend’s house. His friend took him
to see lots of in te restin g places in N ha T rang such as Cham Temple, Hon
Chong, T ri Nguyen Aquarium , etc. M inh saw sh ark s, dolphins, and m any
different types of colorful sea fish at Tri Nguyen Aquarium. M inh bought a lot
of gifts for his friends in the souvenir shop near the exit of the aquarium. He
bought him self a cap with a picture of a dolphin on it. M inh liked the beaches
best. He and his friend w ent swimming every morning- M inh felt happy and
healthy after the trip.
1. W here did M inh spend his summer vacation last year?
2. W here did he stay in N ha Trang?
3. Which places did his friend take him to see?
4. W hat did he see at Tri Nguyen Aquarium?
5. W hat did he buy in the souvenir shop?
6. How often did Minh and his friend go swimming?
7. How did he feel after the trip?

n

NEIGHBORS

L Điển vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.
E x: n _ _ __gh_____ r
neighbor
1. h___rd__e________________ er 3.dr___ sm__k__r
5. h__bb_
4. sk_t
6. e _ sh ____n
2. m___ter___1
II. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng dạng quá khứ của các động từ trong khung.
cut

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

fit

Hoa
She
Hoa’s aunt
She
He .

6. I _
7. L in d a _____
8. The uniform
62

buy

sew

decide

learn

watch

make

wear

how to use a sewing machine.
a cushion for her arm chair.
some m aterial and
________ Hoa’s hair short.
_all her own clothes.
_ to tell her the truth.
an exciting football m atch on TV last night.
___ a long red dress to the party.
_________ her very well.

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

Ill sắp xếp các động từ sail đây vào các hàng /iđ / / t / /d / theo cách phát âm -ed
w anted, played, helped, fitte d , liked, w atched, visited, looked, needed,
remembered, stopped, talked, rented, missed, studied, started, used, learned
ỈỚI _______________________ __________________________________
N _____________________ ;____________________________________________
/id /__________________________________ ;____________________ _

_

IV. Chia các động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hỉện tại đơn (present simple tense) hoặc
quá khứ đơn (past simple tense).
Mr. Tam (b e )_____a teacher. Two years ago, he (te a c h )________ m ath at a
secondary school in the country. But now he (te a c h )_______ at a high school in
the city.
Every day, Mr. Tam (get) _____ up at half past five. After his m orning
exercises, he (take) _____ bath and (have) _______ breakfast w ith his wife.
Then he (leave) h ome for school at a quarter to seven.
Yesterday (b e )____Sunday. Mr. Tam (not g o )_to school. He and his
wife (visit) _____ his parents in the countryside. He (buy) ________ them lots
of presents. Mr. Tam and his wife (spend) _______ th eir day off w ith th eir
parents. They (return) ____ _
home at 9.30 in the evening.
V. Viết câu phu định và nghĩ vắh.
E x: He w atched TV last night.

He didn't watch TV last night.
Did he watch TV last night?

1. My father decorated the Christm as tree.

2. She bought a new dress yesterday.

3. They were late for school.

4. Mr. Tam took his children to the museum last Sunday.

5. Hoa m ade a cushion for her arm chair.

6. They painted th eir house yellow.

7. This dress was fit.

UNIT 9: AT HOME AND AWAY

63

8. I saw her two days ago.

VI. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.
Ex: They w ent to Tri Nguyen Aquarium yesterday. (Where?)
Where did they go yesterday?

1. Her m other save her a blue dress. (What?)
2. I went to N ha T rans’ last summer vacation. (When?)
3. Mrs. Robinson put the poster on the wall. (Where?)
4. The dress looked very nice. (How?)
5. We arrived home at 7.30. (W hat time?)
6. Ba spoke about his vacation. (Who?)
7. He taught English at the high school. (What?)
8. They saw her three m onths ago. (When?)

VII. Hoàn tâ't đoạn hội thoại, dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung.
how

do

useful

did

what

on

small

was

fitted

make

____ a nice skirt! Did you (2)_________ it yourself?
L an : Oh. (1)
Hoa : Yes, I (3),________ . I made it th ree days ago. But when I tried i
(4)
, it didn’t fit.
the problem with it?
L an : W hat (5)______ :
Hoa : It was too (6)__________ .
L an : W hat did you (7)_________ then?
Hoa : My neighbor, Mrs Mai, helped me and then it (8)___ _ very well.
L an : (9)________ clever you are!
Hoa : Well, I like sewing. I th ink it’s an (10)______ _ hobby.

TEST FOR UNIT 9
L Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
E x: H e ____ to the zoo last Saturday.
a. goes
(b) went
c. is going
d. will go
1. She talked to her frie n d s _______ her vacation in Da Lat.
a. about
b. on
c. w ith
d. for
64

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANII 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

2. I w ant you to m eet an old friend of
a. me
b. mine
c. I
d. my
3. Hoa thinks th a t sewing is a
hobbv.
b. friendly
c. useful
d. in terest
a. favorite
4. H er job is to cut, wash and shape people’s hair. She is a
a. haircutter
b. hairdresser
c. hairm aker
d. hairshaper
5. She learned how
a sewinsr m achine first.
a. use
b. to use
c. using
d. used
ẹ. The earrings were a
from my aunt.
a. gift
b. hobby
c. poster
d. m aterial
7. W hat
children!
a. a naughty
b. an naughty
c. the naughty
d. naughty
8. W here
after work yesterday?
a. you w ent
b. you did go
c. did you went
d. did you go

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. I (meet) _______
them at the movie th eater last night.
2. He (go) ________ to the English club every Sunday. But last Sunday he
(not g o ) _____________ there, he (g o )________ to the City’s Museum.
3. Don’t talk to the children. They (do) ____________ th eir homework at
the moment.
4. Two years ago, she (teach) ____________ at a village school.
5. W h a t___ you (d o )____ _ yesterday morning? ~ I (w rite )___ _ my essay.
6. Next week, we (have) ________
dinner together.
7. My sister (liv e )_______in a flat in London but she (tra v e l)__________
in Europe at this time.
8. The children (be) ______ in class now, but ten m inutes ago they (be)
________ in the school yard.
!
III. Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.
1. Liz w e n t __________ N ha T r a n g ___________ summ er vacation.
2. W hat did you t h i n k _____ _
N ha Trang?
3. Nam ta l k e d ______ _
his friends __________ his recent vacation.
4. They returned
_______Ha Noi last week.
5. She made a blue d r e s s ___________ her daughter.
6. H er dress is green w ith white flo w ers__________ it.
7. After the holiday they returned to Ha Noi ________
plane.
8. They a r r iv e d _______ Ha N o i___________ 4
pm.
IV. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vấn.
1. Liz enjoyed her last summer vacation.

4. I wash my hands before meals.

UNIT 9: AT HOME AND AWAY

65

2. They will come there tomorrow.

5. The people were friendly.

3. Hoa likes her new skirt.

6. They are playing soccer today.

V. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.
1. I saw her last nig h t.
2. Lan’s m other gave her a nice dress.
3. They returned to America two weeks ago.
4- Mrs. Robinson bought a poster.
5. My father was in Ha Noi last month.
6. He travelled to N ha Trang by coach.
7. She went to the doctor because she was sick.
8. Nam left home a t 7 o'clock yesterday.

VI. Dùng từ cho sấn trong khung hoàn tất đoạn văn dưới. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
at

returned

exciting

was

last

postcards

such

much

Nam had a wonderful holiday (1)______ summer. He (2)______in Ha Noi,
the capital of Viet Nam. He stayed (3)____ his uncle house for th ree weeks. He
visited a lot of interesting places (4)_____ as Uncle Ho’s Mausoleum, Ba Dinh
Square, W est Lake, Lenin Park, ect. He bought some (5)_________ for his friends
and a cap w ith a national flag on it. Nam liked the cap (6)
_. He wore it
all day. W hen he (7)_________ to Ho Chi M inh City, he spoke to his friends
about his (8)__________ vacation.
1. W here was Nam on his last summer holiday?
2. How long did he stay in H a Noi?
3. W hich places did he visit?
4. W hat did he buy?
66

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

5. Did he like the cap?
6. W hat did he do when he came back to Ho Chi M inh City.

TEST YOURSELF
I. Put the following verbs in the correct rows. (Đặt các động từ sau vào các hàng
thích hợpJ
wanted, worked, played, studied, visited, helped, missed, needed, returned,
watched, arrived, decided
/ i d / _________________________________________________

N

__________ ____________ _______ :

_________ __ _____________

/d /

II. Choose the right word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ thích hựp để điền vào chỗ
trốngJ
1. He hung __________ of his favorite rock stars on the walls, (presents/
posters/ souvenirs/ envelopes)
2. Students often talk together a t ______ (present/ recess/ holiday/ vacation)
3. We enjoy____ _
around the world, (travel/ to travel/ travelled/ travelling)
4. _____ _
to come swimming w ith us? ~ I’d love to. (Do you like/ Would
you like/ W hat about/ Why don’t you)
5. My brother is in te r e s te d ______ M ath, so he is g o o d _____ __ it. (in - in/
a t - ỉn/ in - at/ on - at)
6. V ietnam ese students have ______ vacations th a n A m erican students.
(many/ fewer/ much/ less)
!
7. How
_1
are these stam ps? ~ 10,000 dong, (long/ big/ far/ much)
8. H ilary w a s _________ at school. A lot of people liked her. (popular/ friendly/
famous/ interesting)
III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. fCho dạng hoặc thì
đúng cúa động từ trong ngoặc.)
1. My father (not d r in k ) ______________ beer very often.
2. They (buy) _____________ a new car two m onths ago.
3. Nam (h e lp )_______________ his father repair the radio at this time.
4. I (be) _ _ _ _ _ _ busy last night, so I (m iss)________ a good film on TV.
5. She needs (send) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ the postcards to her friends.
6. The girls like (talk) ______________ together at recess.
7. We (phone) _ _ _ Mum and Dad last week but we (not se e)________ them.
8. My best friend (come)
______ to visit me next Sunday.
TEST YOURSELF

67

IV. Supply the correct form of the word m brackets- (Cho dạng thích hợp của từ
trong ngoặcJ
1. I’m really interested in this book. I t’s full o f _______ information, (use)
2. The local people were very ____________ towards us. (friend)
3. My father is good a t __________ household appliances, (fix)
4. I t’s im portant to e x e rc ise ____________ . (regular)
5. Is there a good restau ran t in the ______________ ? (neighbor)
6. The _________ students often play games at recess, (energy)
V. Match the answer to the question. (Kết hợp câu trả lời với cãu hỏi.)
A
B
a. It’s about two kilometers.
1. W hat will you do on your next vacation?
b. H er m other.
2. How much does it cost?
3. How long does it take to get to school by bike?
c. HI visit Ha Long Bay
4. W hat did you do yesterday evening?
d. Ten thousand dong.
5. How far is it from school to the City's Museum? e. About tw enty minutes.
f. I w ent to the movies.
6. Who helped her m ake the dress?
1 . ___ ; 2 . ____; 3 . ____; 4 . ____; 5 . ____; 6. ___
VI. Read the postcard carefully, then answer the questions. (Đọc kỹ tấm bưu
thiếp, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.)
Dear Carol,
We’re having a great tim e in Albufeira. We’re sittin g in a café near the
beach. Paul’s reading the newspaper and I?m w riting this postcard to you! The
sun is shining and it’s really hot.
We come to Portugal every summer. We usually stay w ith my friend Ana,
but this year we're in a hotel because Ana’s parents are staying w ith her.
The beaches here are fantastic. We go swimming every morning.
See you soon.
Love,
Lisa and Paul
1. W here are Lisa and P a u l? _________________________________________
2. W hat’s Paul d o in g ?________________________________________________
3. W hat’s the w eather lik e ? ____________________________ ______________
4. W here do they usually s ta y ? ____________
5. W here are they staying this year? ______
6. W hat do Lisa and Paul do every morning?
VII. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. [Viết lạ i các câu, bắt
đầu bằng các từ cho sẩnJ
1. The garden is very lovely. —> W h a t__________________________________ _
2. Let’s go to the cafeteria. --> W h a t______________________________ _
3. She likes H istory most. -> H e r _________ ____________________________
4. Do you w ant to come? -> W ould______________________________________
68

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

UNIT I 0
| :.

HEALTH AND HYGIENE

PERSONAL HYGIENE

I. Kết htfp các động từ ồ cột A với tù' hoặc cụm từ thích
B
1. e a t
a. m orning exercises
2. comb
b. face
3. brush
c. m ilk
4. polish
d. clothes
5. w ash
e. h air
6. take
f. breakfast
7. iron
g- teeth
8. drink
h. shoes

hợp ở cột B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

II. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng các từ trong khung.
health

difficult

hygiene

harvest

helpful

strange

carefully

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

F arm ers are very busy dur J.xlg t h e ______________ .
You should wash regularly to ensure personal
•_______
Swimming is good for y o u r______________ .
My father always drives _________ _____.
She always helps her m other do the housework. She’s very
to her m other.
6. W hen you arrive in a new country, everything seems
7. The exam w asn’t easy. It was v e r y ______________ .

III. Viết các câu mệnh lệnh hoặc yêu cầu.
E x: You should go to bed early.
Go to bed early.
You should not stay up late.
D on’t stay UP late.
1. You should brush your teeth after meals.
2. You should not play soccer in the street.
3. You should w ash and iron your own clothes.
4. You should not eat too much candy.
5. You should w ash your hands before meals.
6. You should not worry about the examination.
7. You should tidy your room every day.
8. You should not forget to w rite to your parents.
UNIT 10: HEALTH AND HYGIENE

69

IV. Đặỉ câu hỏi ¥01

ấểWỀaiỹỹm trả Id! theo các từ gợi ý.

E x: you/ listen to music/ yesterday
What did you do yesterday? - I listened to music.
1. Nam / play soccer/ last Sunday
2. they/ visit th eir grandparents/ last weekend
3. you/ do our homework/ two hours ago
4. Hoa and Lan/ go camping w ith some friends/ yesterday
5. the children/ study in the library/ yesterday afternoon
6. your sister/ make cushions for the arm chairs/ last night
7. you/ clean my room/ this m orning
8. he/ see a movie/ last Saturday evening

V. Điền vào chỗ trong, dùng cac tư cho sến trong khung.
What

1.
2.
3.
4.
* 5.
6.
7.
8.

When

Where

How

Who

How often

What time

_________ does she iron her clothes? - On Sundays.
_________ did you do last weekend? - I went fishing w ith my father.
_________ do you clean your room? - Three tim es a week.
_________ helped Hoa make her skirt? - Mrs. Mai did.
_________ did Ba eat his breakfast this morning? - At half past six.
_________ did your father go last night? - To my grandparents’ house.
._____ did you buy this dress? - Yesterday morning.
_________ does Nam go to school? - By bike.

VI. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc. Sau đó trả lời các
câu hoi.
Yesterday (b e)______ Sunday, Nam (g et)_________ up at six. He (do)_______
m orning exercises. He (take) ________ a shower, (comb) ________ hair, and
then he (have) _________ breakfast with his parents. Nam (eat) ________ a
bowl of noodles and (d rin k ) _________ a glass of m ilk for his breakfast. After
breakfast, he (help)________ Mom clear the table. After that, he (brush)_________
his teeth, (p u t)______ OĨ1 clean clothes and (g o )______ _
to his grandparents’
house. He (h av e )________ _ lunch w ith his grandparents. He (re tu rn ) _________
to his house at three olock. He (do)________ his homework. He (eat) __________
dinner at 6.30. After dinner, his parents (take) _________ him to the movie
th eater. It (be) _______ a very in terestin g film. They (come) ________ back
home a t 9.30. Nam (g o )_________ to bed at ten.
1. W hat day was yesterday? _______________________ ___________________
2. W hat tim e did Nam get u p ? ...................................................................... ... ... ..
70

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

H

W hat did he do after breakfast?
Who did he have lunch w ith ? _
W hat did he do before having dinner?
How was the film ? _________________
W hat tim e did he go to bed?
a bad to o th a c h e

L Điển vào mỗi chỗ trốhg một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.
E x: t___th
teeth
1. app_in__m _nt
3. t. th__ch__
5. s_rg_r__
6. pr__b_m
2. đ _ n t_ s t
4. c__v___ y
II. Điền tính từ thích hợp vào chỗ tro'ng.
important

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

kind

painful

healthy

scared

serious

nervous

worried

She is v e r y _________She always helps everyone.
Clean teeth are ___________ teeth!
I t’s _____________to brush your teeth regularly.
Most students f e e l ___________ before the exams.
She’s always ___________ about her children.
Is your decaying to o th -v e ry _____________?
The cavity isn’t ___________ because it's small.
I’m __________ to go out alone a t night.

III. Đọc và đặt dấu trọng âm các từ.
Ex: h y g ie n e
ap p o in tm e n t p a in fu l serious
cavity
surge ry
d e n tis t
toothache
nervous im p o rtan t h e a lth y regularly po lish
IV. Điền các giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.
1. My m other takes c a r e __________ the family.
2. She sm iled
.______ the child and said “Hello”.
3. I ’m really w o rrie d _________ my brother.
4. M ilk is g o o d __________ your health.
5. Most children are scared _________ seeing the dentist.
6. The dentist lo o k e d _________ _ my teeth.
7. M inh has an appoinm ent _________ 10.30 this morning.
8. Dr Lai filled the c a v ity _________ M inh’s tooth.

!

V. Dùng liên từ because để kết hợp
các câu ở cột A VỚI các câu
thích hợpồ cột6.
A
B
his decaying tooth stopped hurting,
- I was absent from class yesterday
- Minh is going to see the dentist they often eat a lot of candy.
I was sick.
- She has healthy teeth
it’s good for our health
- Children have toothache
he has a toothache.
- He was happy
she brushes her teeth after every meal.
- We jog every m orning
UNIT 10: HEALTH AND HYGIENE
71

1- / was absent from class yesterday because I was sick.
2.

3.
4. ___________________________________________________________
5 _____________________ :_______ _______________________________
6.

VI. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời với Why...? và Because... .
E x: Minh/ go to the dentist?// have a toothache
Why does Minh go to the dentist? Because he has a toothache.

1. he/ be scared?// hate the sound of the drill
2. children / often 1 have toothache?// eat lots of candy
3. you/ be late for class yesterday?// miss the first bus
4. her tooth/ hurt?// have a cavity
5. they/ not come to the m eeting last night?// be busy
6. she/ go to the doctor?// have a headache
7. M inh/ not say anything/ yesterday?// be very nervous
8. we/ brush our teeth after meals?// w ant to have healthy teeth

VII. Dùng các từ cho sẩn trong khung dể hoàn tãt đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
explains

how

regularly

surgery

kind

advice

looks

scared

____ after people’s teeth. Dr. Lai’s ( 2 )_ ______
Dr. Lai is a dentist. She (1)
is clean and tidy, and so is her uniform. Most children are (3)_______ when they
come to see Dr. Lai, but she is a (4)______ woman. She (5)___________ w hat will
happen so they are not afraid. Dr. Lai often gives children (6)________ . She
tells them (7)______ to look after their teeth. She rem inds them to brush their
teeth (8)__________ and eat sensibly.
1. W hat does Dr. Lai do? ____________________________________________ _
2. How is Dr. Lai’s surgery? ___________ ________________________________
3. How do most children feel when they come to see Dr. Lai?
4. Does she often give children advice?
5. W hat does she tell th e m ? ______ _
6. W hat does she rem ind th e m ? _____
72

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

TEST FOR UNIT 10
I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trông.
Ex: He _______very happy yesterday.
a. is
b. were
(a) was
d. are
1. Sorry! I’m busy tonight. I have a n _______ w ith my doctor at 7 o’clock.
c. appointm ent
d. activity
a. opportunity b. occasion
2 . Don’t eat too _ ____ candy. It’s bad for your teeth.
a. much
d. more
b. m any
c. lots of
3. I’m g l a d _____ __you are feeling better.
a. hear
b. hearing
c. to hear
d. of hearing
4. You should w ash your hands
____meals.
a. after
b. in
c. before
d. at
does M inh feel nervous? -Because he is seeing the dentist.
5.
a. How
b. Whỵ
e. W hat
d. W hen
with her?
6. She looks tired. W hat’s the
a. m atter
b. happen
c. wrong
d. right
he is ill.
7. M inh is absent from class today
b. because
c. when
d. so
a. but
8. Thanks a lot. ~
b. T hat’s right!
c. T hat’s OK.
d. Good luck!
a. I’d love to.
II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. She never (stay) __________ up late at night.
2 . My brother (w o rk )______________ in Ha Noi at present.
3. W h y _______ you (leave) ___________ the party early last night?
_______to the dentist tomorrow morning.
4. M inh (go) ___
______ the piano when he (b e )_______ th ree years old.
5. M ozart (play)
-his teeth every night, but last night he (forget)
6 . M inh (brush)
_
to brush them.
I
7. I’m scared of ( h e a r ) _________ the ghost stories.
Rem ember (brush) _____
1_ your teeth after meals.
III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.
person, (help)
1. He is always willing to help people. He is a
2 . Is your back s t i l l __________ ? (pain)
(healthy)
3. They looked poor and
________ with her school work this year, (difficult);
4. She’s h a v in g _______
5. We are all _______ 1_ about the final exam, (worry)
6 . She always washes and irons her clothes ___________ . (care)
to cross the street, (scare)
7. The boys were
to teenagers can be difficult for parents, (talk)
IV. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.
1. We m et h er at the City's T heater last night.
UNIT 10: HEALTH AND HYGIENE

73

2. Nga brushes her teeth three tim es a day.
3. My father was in Ha Noi three weeks ago.
4. Nam played badm inton with M inh.
5. She w ent to the doctor because she had a backache.
6. The students are practicing th eir English a t the moment.
7. He had an appointm ent at 10.30.
8. They travelled to the USA by plane last month.

Vu Đọc đoạn vãn rồi trả lời các câu hỏi.
How can we keep our teeth healthy? First, we should visit our dentist twice
a year. He can examine our teeth and fill the small holes in our teeth before
they destroy the teeth. Secondly, we should brush our teeth at least twice a day
- once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. Thirdly, we should eat food
th a t is good for our teeth and our body such as milk, cheese, fish, potatoes, red
rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are
harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.
1. How often should we go to the dentist?
2. W hat does a dentist do w ith our teeth?
3. W hen should we brush our teeth?
4. W hat foods are good for our teeth?
5. Why are chocolate and sweets bad for our teeth?

VL Sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. đentisư had/ Minh/ a/ went/ yesterday/ because/ toothache/ to/ the/ bad/ he.
2. at/ his/ looked/ told/ the/ him / worry/ to/ not/ teeth/ and/ dentist.
3. filled/ cavity/ in/ dentist/ week/ his/ a/ tooth/ last/ the.
4. they/ scared/ children/ come/ the/ see/ feel/ when/ to/ m ost/ dentist.
74

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

UNIT

KEEP FIT, STAY HEALTHY

11

J g ;' CHECK-UP
I. Tìm từ không cùng loạĩ VÓI các từ còn iại.
Ex: chicken
<yegetabT§>
buffalo
1. w eight
h eig h t
w idth
2. nurse
scales
doctor
3. m easure
weigh
tem perature
4. s ta rte d
stopped
protected
5. painful
ta ll
record
6. took
gave
kept

cow
heavy
student
take
needed
difficult
called

II. Dùng các từ chỡ sấn trong khung để hoàn tất các câu phía dưới.
check-up

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

records

normal

temperature

waiting room

scales

height

____________ is an instrum ent for weighing people or things.
Y o u r______________ is 37°c.
They filled in th eir medical ____________.
________ is a room outside a doctor’s surgery where people wait to see the doctor.
The students of Quang Trung School are having a m ed ic al_____________.
M inh is about the s a m e __________ as his m other now.
It’s
______ to feel nervous before an exam.

III. Sắp xếp các động từ sau vào các nhóm theo cách phát âm -ed
called, filled, m easured, visited, started, weighed, asked, stopped, brushed,
ironed, needed, looked, watched, hoped, collected
/id /__________ ______________________________ ___________________________
N ____________________ ;_________ ;____________ __________________ ,
/ d / ___________________ :____________________ ________ __________I

IV. Viết câu yêu cầu theo các từ gợi ý.
E x: open your mouth
Would you open your mouth, please?
1. get on the scales
_________;_________________________ ;_________ _
2. show me the w aiting ro o m _________ ___________ ____________________
. 3. pay me in cash ______ ___________________
.___________ _____ _____
4. pass me the new spaper ________ ;_________ __________________________
5. put this picture on the w all________ ______ _____________________ i___
6. take me a p hotograph__ ________________ __________________________
V. Đặt câu hỏi với ếáHow” vằ viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.
E x: old/ you?// ten
How old are you? - I am ten years old.
1. tall/ he?// one m eter 50 centim eters
2. heavy/ Hoa?// 40 kilos
UNIT 11: KEEP FIT, STAY HEALTHY

75

3. high/ these buildings?// over 150 m eters
4. long/ your dress?// 140 centim eters
5. deep/ the lake?// about 5 m eters
6. wide/ the table?// 80 centim eters
7. much/ the shoes?// eighty thousand dong
8. big/ your house?// about 160 square m eters

VI. Đặt câu hỏi với áíWhat” vh viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.
E x: the height of the m ountain/ over 2,000 m eters
What is the height o f the m ountain? - It’s over 2,000 meters.

1. your age/ ten
2. her family nam e/ Nguyen
3. his weight/ 45 kilos
4. your brother’s height/ one m eter seventy centim eters
5. the length of the river/ about 300 miles
6. the height of th a t wall/ four m eters
7. the depth of the lake/ about five m eters
8. the w idth of the cloth/ one m eter sixty centim eters

VII. Đặt câu hỏi cho các câu sau.
Ex: She is th irteen years old. —» How old is she?
1. My brother is one m eter 70 centim eters tall.
How_________________________
2. The building is over 100 m eters high.
W h a t______________________________________
3. This lake is 5 m eters in depth.
How_______;_________________________________
4. P eter is 45 kilos.
W hat
_________________________________
5. The blue dress is 120 thousand dong.
How__________________________
76

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

6. This street is five kilom eters long.
W h a t___________________________
7. It is about two kilom eters from here to the bus stop.
H ow ________________________ _______________ _____________________ _
8. These packets are 2 kilos.
H ow ____________________

VIII. Đọc đoạn van, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
Yesterday, Hoa had a medical check-up. F irst she filled in the medical record
and waited in the w aiting room. After a few minutes, the nurse called Hoa’s
name and took Hoa to the doctor’s office. The doctor asked Hoa a few questions.
Then she weighed Hoa and m easured her height. After th a t she took Hoa’s
temperature. Next, she listened to Hoa’s heart. Then she checked Hoa’s eyes and
ears. E verything was normal. Finally, Hoa left the office. She felt very happy.
1. W hen did Hoa have a medical, check-up?
2. W hat did she do first?
3. Who exam ined Hoa?
4. W hat did the doctor do before she weighed and m easured Hoa?
5. Was anything wrong with Hoa’s health?
6. How did Hoa feel when she left the office?

H

WHAT WAS WRONG WITH YOU?

I. Sắp xếp các chữ cái thành từ dung.
E x: seadise
disease ____
1. oldc
_____

4. ulf
______________
2. cheheađa
_____________
5. tosm aehecha _____________
3. aehethtoo ______ _______
6. tom sym p
________ II. Hoàn tâ't các câu, dùng dạng hoặc thì đúng của các động từ trong khung.
catch

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

cure

cough

sneeze

disappear

prevent

relieve

write

My m other ____________a sick note for me yesterday.
Nam u su a lly ___________ a n d ____________ when he has a cold.
H e ___________ flu last week.
The m edicines just help ______________________ the pain.
Nobody knows h o w ____________ a
cold.
The cold will last for a few days and
then ______ _______.
W hat can we d o _____________ the spread of the disease?
UNIT 11: KEEP FIT, STAY HEALTHY

77

111. Viết câu cho lời khuyên, dùng ushould-t- verb”.
E x: I have a stomachache, (go to the doctor)
You should go to the doctor.

1. I feel very tired, (take a short rest)
2. Hoa has a bad cold, (stay in bed)
3. M inh’s room is very dirty, (clean it every day)
4. W ell have an English test tomorrow, (learn your lessons carefully)
5. Nga has a headache, (take an aspirin)
6. My teeth aren’t strong and white, (brush them regularly)

IV. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vấn.
Ex: I saw her at the m eeting last night.
I didn’t see her at the meeting last night
Did you see her at the meeting last night?
1. H er m other wrote a sick note for her.

2. Nam was absent from school yesterday.

3. I had a bad cold two days ago.

4. M any students caught flu last month.

5. They were happy w ith th eir life.

6. He suggested going out for dinner.

7. I was busy last Sunday.

8. We enjoyed our summer vacation.

78

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

V. Viết câu trả lời đầy đủ cho các câu hỏi saiL
Ex: Did M inh go to the dentist? (Yes)/ (No)
Yes. He went to the dentist./ No. He didn’t ao to the dentist.

1. Did Nga’s father sta rt his new job yesterday? (Yes)
2. Did Hoa’s m other w rite Hoa’s sick note? (No)
3. Did the m edicines relieve the symptoms of the cold? (Yes)
4. Did you take cough syrup? (No)
5. Did you have a bad cold? (Yes)
6. Did they catch flu? (No)

VI. Điển vào chỗ trông với các từ để hỏi thích hợp.
E x: What is h er name? - H er nam e’s Hoa.
1. _______
high are these trees? - About 15 m eters.
2. _________ was wrong w ith you? - I had a toothache.
3. ______ __ is h er weight? - 45 kilos.
4. _________ were you yesterday? - I was at home.
5. _________ school does he go to? - He goes to Hung Vuong school.
6. _________ do they cost? - They cost tw enty dollars.
7. _______ _ did M inh have a cold? - Because he walked in the rain.
8. _________ wrote a sick note for Nga? - H er m other.
VII.

Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE.

The 'common cold’ is caused by viruses th a t infect the nose, th ro a t and
sinuses. It's m ost common during the cold w inter m onths and affects children
and adults of all ages. Most people will catch a cold two to four tim es a year. A
cold often s ta rts w ith feeling tired, sneezing, coughing, and having a runny
nose. You may not have a fever, or you may run a low fever. There is no cure for
the common cold. Antibiotics don’t work against viruses. All you can do to feel
better is tre a t your symptoms. Colds usually last about one week but can continue
for as long as two weeks. They usually go away on th eir own.
1. People catch cold more often in the winter.
______
2. , The common cold m ostly affects on young children.
____
3. You may have a slight fever when you catch cold.
_____
4. Antibiotics can cure the common cold.
______ _
5.

Colds u s u a lly go a w a y in one o r tw o weeks.

_____

TEST FOR UNIT 11
I. Chọn từ, cụm từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điển vào chỗ trông.
Ex: She filled in h er m e d ic a l______ .
a. book
b. paper
(c)form
d. diary
UNIT 11: KEEP FIT, STAY HEALTHY

79

1. W e ________ from the back of the house to the fence.
a. weighed
b. m easured
c. prevented
d. lengthened
2. H o w ______ is Nga? -JShe is 36 kilos.
a. high
b. weight
c. heavy
d. tall
3. _______you open the dopr for me, please?
a. Would
b. Should
c. Do
d. Are
4. _______is Hoa’s height. - One m eter fifty centim eters.
a. How
b. Which
c. W hat
cL W hen
5. Drugs helped t o _________ the pain in my chest.
a. catch
b. relieve
c. protect
d. continue
6. The nurse told H o a ________ to the w aiting room.
a. to return
b. returning
c. return
d. returned
7. He was a b s e n t________ school for three days.
a. for
b. at
c. from
d.
to
8. We should have a medical _____ _
every six m onths.
a. record
b. treatm en t
c. check-up
d. problem

_

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. Lan (be)
. very tired when she (catch)______ a bad cold two days ago.
2. Everybody (w a it)_____________ for the President in the hall now.
3. You should (g o )____________________________________ to bed early.
4. I hope you (feel)
__________ better soon.
5. She needs (eat) _______ a lot of vegetables and fruit.
6. Jasm in (not co m e )____ to the m eeting yesterday.
7. My father (be)______ really healthy. He never (ta k e )__________ medicine.
8. There (be) _______ nobody there when I (a rriv e )__________ last night.
III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.
1. W hat is t h e _____ .
of Eiffel Tower? (high)
2. M o s t_________ people will recover from a cold w ithin a week, (health)
3. H o w ___________ is the Nile River? (lengthen)
4. Lan was
absent from class because of her ________ . (sick)
5. People feel
___ ___ when they catch the common cold, (please)
6. I have a n _____________________w ith my doctor at 5 pm. (appoint)
7. She is still receiving a __________ treatm en t in a hospital, (medicine)
8. T h e _______ _
of the backpack made the child fall over, (weigh)
IV. Dùng các từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp trong khung để hoàn tất các câu hỏi.
How How long How wide How deep How far
How heavy
________ How tali
How often
How high
How much________

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
80

__________ are you? - One m eter fifty centim eters.
__________ does he go swimming? - Three tim es a
week.
__________ are these buildings? - Over 100 m eters
high.
__________ _ is it from here to the post office? - Abhut one kilom eter.
__________ is your brother? - 60 kilos.
__________ do you go to school? - By bicycle.
BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

7.
8.

did you stay in N ha Trang? - Two weeks,
is it? - It’s tw enty thousand dong.

V. Kết hợp các câu hỏi ở cột A với các câu trả lời ồ cột B.
B
1. W hat is his full name?
a. 12 Tran Hung Dao Street.
2. W hat is his age?
b. He goes to Le Quy Don School.
3. W hat school does he go to?
c. 40 kilos.
4. Which class is he in?
d. He?s fourteen.
5. W here does he live?
e. Nguyen Van Hung.
6. W hat is his height?
f. Class 7A.
7. How heavy is he?
g. 1,50 m eters.
3 . ___ 4 . _____ 5 . ___ ; 6. ____; 7 . ____;
1 . ___ ; 2.
VI. Hoàn tâ't đoạn văn với các từ trong khung, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
running

there

from

illness

less

relieve

Everybody suffers (1)
the common cold a t some tim e or other. It isn’t
a serious (2)______, but over a billion dollars is spent on different kinds of cold
medicine every year. This medicine can (3)r______ the symptoms. T hat is, it
can m ake you cough (4)____ , make your head less intense, and stop your nose
(5)
for a while. However it can’t cure your cold. So far, (6)______is no cure
for the common cold and no medicine to prevent it.
1. Who can get the common cold?
2. How much is spent on cold medicine every year?
3. W hat can this medicine do?
4. Can this medicine cure the cold?
5. Is there any medicine to prevent the common cold?

VII. Hoàn ta't câu thứ hai sào cho nó có nghĩa tương tự với câu thứ nhất.
1. How tall is your brother?
■ W hat ____________________________________
2. Lan was absent from class yesterday because of h er sickness.
Because L a n ______ ___________________ _____ ;________ _________
3. W hat is the weight of the parcel?
How ________________________________ ;___________________ •
4. W hat is your home address?
W h e re ________ _____________________________________________
5. W hat was your weight last year?
How m u c h _______________
UNIT 11: KEEP FIT, STAY HEALTHY

81

UNIT 12 ■mẺiỉiỉĩ
[f

WHAT SHALL WE EAT?

L Sắp xếp các từ vào nhóm thích hựp*
onion cucumber apple pan spinach bowl pineapple orange carrot
banana chopsticks bean pea durian potato pepper spoon papaya plate
mango pot w aterm elon glass knife
- V e g e ta b le s :____________________________________________________
- F r u its:_______
- Things:___________

II.

Đọc và đặt dâu trọng âm cắc từ sau.
jEx: ’m ark et
se/ection
vegetable
pm eapple b a n a n a

disp/ạy
durian.

spinach
pepper

cucumber
chopstick

papaya
carrot

HI. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý„
Ex: you/ some chicken and rice
he/ go out for dinner
What would you like?
I’d like some chicken and rice.

What would he like?
He’d like to go out for dinner.

1. Nam / pineapple
2. she/ have cucumber salad for dinner
3. your brother/ som ething to drink
4. they/ fried fish, boiled spinach and some potato soup
5. you/ play some games of chess
6. Hoa’s uncle/ some spinach and cucumbers

IV. Hoàn tâ't các câu sau với too hoặc either.
E x: Hoa likes spinach and her uncle does, t o o __.
Hoa doesn’t like durian. H er uncle doesn’t, either
1. We often go swimming in the summer and t h e y __
2. John can ride a horse. I _____________ ______
3. Nam didn’t come to the party last night and M inh
4. I will buy some oranges and pineapples. I ______ _
82

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BẰI TẬP

5. They don’t w ant to go out tonight and we ____________________
6. The pineapples aren ’t ripe, and the bananas ____________________
7. Nam is hungry and his friends ____________________
8. Jan e won’t come. P e t e r ________ ____________
9. Hoa had a medical check-up yesterday morning. W e _________________
10. He can’t swim and his brother ___________________ _

V. Hoàn ta't các câu sau? dùng so hoặc neither.
E x: I like beef and so does
my sister.
They don’t play soccer. Neither d o . we.
1. I ate bread and eggs for breakfast. _______ :______ I.
2. Hoa doesn’t like pork and
___________her aunt.
3. Milk is good for your health. _______________ fruit juice.
4. I didn’t see her at the party last night. ______________ we.
5. These boys like playing soccer a n d ______
:_those boys.
6. My father won’t go to Ha Noi a n d _____________ my m other.
7. Nam can swim. _____________ Ba.
8. The spinach isn’t fresh. _________ ____ the cabbages.
9. You should drink a lotrof m ilk a n d _____________ your brother.
1 0 .1
don’t know how to cook a n d ___________ my sister.
VI. Điền từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trông để hoàn tâ't đoạn văn*
Y esterday m orning, Hoa and her aunt went (1)_t he m arket. They wanted
to (2)_____ some m eat, vegetables and fruit for th eir dinner. First, they went
to the (3)______ stall. There was a (4)
selection of m eat on the stall:
chicken, pork and beef. Hoa doesn’t like pork and her aunt doesn’t (5)______
So they bought some beef. Next they went to the (6)___________ stall,. They
bought some spinach and cucumbers. Hoa likes them and (7)_____ does her
aunt. They are her aunt’s favorite vegetables. Finally, Hoa and her aunt stopped
(8)_____ a fruit stall. They wanted to buy a papaya and a pineapple, but they
(9)_____ ripe yet. Therefore, they bought (10)_______ oranges instead.

E

OUR FOOD

I. Tìm từ không cùng nhóm với các từ còn lại,
Ex: felt
had
1. spinach
beef
cucumber
carefully
awful
2. terrible
w ash
enjoy
3. d irt
sick
4. stom achache
headache
5. sugar
s a lt
soy sauce
needed
affected
6. w ashed

ate
pea
h e a lth y
m ake
toothache
cereals
added
UNIT 12: LET’S EAT!

83

II. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc.
Ex: Yesterday, I had an a w fu l__ sto m a c h a c h e ___ . (stomach)
1. _____________ is very im portant, (moderate)
2. Vegetables often have ____________ from the farm on them , (dirty)
3. You m ust wash the vegetables _____________ . (careful)
4. She has a _________ lifestyle and never touches ___________ food, (health)
5. We m ust rem em ber to e a t __________.
(sense)
6. We shouldn’t eat m u c h _____________ food and sugar, (fat)
7. It is im portant to eat a ____________ diet, (balance)
8. The m other w a s __________ worried about her son’s poor health, (terrible)
III. Điền vào chỗ trốhg với các từ chỉ lượng bất định: a few, a little, much, many.
Ex: Children shouldn’t eat too much candy.
m ilk in the refrigerator. Let’s buy some more.
1. There is only
beer last night.
2. He drank too
people in front of the theater.
3. There were too
books are interesting;.
4. She has a lot of books, but only
m istakes in your writing.
5. You made so
money on his vacation.
6. He never spends too
beefstead in my plate. Please give me more.
7, I only have
questions.
8. Please w ait a minute. I w ant to ask vou
sugar do vou put in vour tea? ~ Ju st
.
9. How
10. E at the food vou enjov. but don’t have too
IV. Hoàn tất các câu sau với (trọ) động từ thích hợp, khẳng định hoặc phủ định.
Ex: My father doesn’t like durian, but my m other does .
My friends w ent camping yesterday, but I didn’t .
1. H er friends bought picture books, but s h e _____________.
2. My m other didn’t watch th a t movie, but I _____ ;______.
3. Hoa likes carrots, but her u n c le ___________ .
4. I don’t eat plenty of vegetables, but my s i s t e r ___________ .
5. We know how to use a computer, but t h e y ____________ .
6. My father doesn’t drink coffee, but my u n c le s ____ _______.
7. I won’t be at home tonight, but S u e ________
.
8. Kim was in class yesterday, but Nam and B a ____________.
9. Carol has a car, but J e r r y ___________ .
10. Boris can’t speak Spanish, but C h r is __________ .
V. Kết hợp hai câu thành một câu, dùng so, too, either, neither.
E x: He is hungry. I am hungry.
-> He is hungry and so am u_ and I am, too.
Nam doesn’t like durian. Hoa doesn’t like durian.
-» Nam doesn't like durian and neither does Hoa./ and Hoa doesn’t, either.
84

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

1

:

1. They can play volleyball. We can play volleyball.
2. Mr. Tam won’t come to the party tonight. His wife won't come to the
p arty tonight.
3. I w rite diary every night. My sister w rites diary every night.
4. My fath er doesn’t drink beer. My uncle doesn't drink beer.
5. She is learning English. I am learning English.
6. Hoa ate bread and beef for breakfast. Her uncle ate bread and beef for breakfast.
7. He didn’t m eet h er last night. I didn’t m eet her last night.
8. I’m not a doctor. They aren ’t doctors.
9. M ilk is good for your health. Orange juice is good for your health.
10. They m ustn’t stay up late. You m ustn’t stay up late.

VI. Hoàn tất các cat! với so, too, either hoặc neither.
1. Andrew can’t swim. - __________ I.
2. Nam and Ba are playing soccer a n d _________ Minh.
3. Hoa doesn’t like pork and her uncle _________________ .
1
4. They won’t come to the m eeting a n d ________________ we.
5. Jenny ate too much cake last night and I _______ ________ .
6. She phones to h er parents twice a week. - ______ ________ I.
7. My sister doesn’t like the red sk irt and she doesn’t like the green one
8. Ja n e loves dogs and she loves cats, ___________ .
9. Mr. Robinson will come to the party tonight and his w ife ___________ __
10. K eith isn’t here today. Bill ______________.

VII. Điển các giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trốìig.
1. Will they come _ _ _ _ _ dinner tonight?
2. There was a wide se le c tio n ______ v e g e ta b le s_______ the stall.
3. They s to p p e d _______ a fruit stall to buy some oranges.
4. She added a little salt .
the spinach.
5. Hoa set the t a b l e _____ plates, bowls, chopsticks, spoons and glasses.
UNIT 12: LET’S EAT!

85

6. You should eat plenty ______ fruit a r^ ™g^tables.
7. Exercise is one of the im portant keys _______ a healthy lifestyle.
8. Vegetables are very good ________ your health, but you should wash
them well
.
water.

VIII.

Hoàn ta't đoạn văn vớĩ những từ cho sấn trong khung.
what

stay

variety

must

affects

balanced

moderation

but

We know th a t the food we eat (1)_____ _____ our whole life, so we (2)_
rem em ber to eat sensibly. We should have a (3)_______ _
diet. (4)
does a ‘balanced diet’ means? It m eans you eat a (5)___________ of foods without
eating too much of anything. (6)______________ is very im portant. E at the food
you enjoy, (7)_______ ______ don’t have too much. This will help you (8)
fit and healthy.

TEST FOR UNIT 12

_

I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
Ex: Would you l i k e ______ to the movies tonight?
(a)
to go
b. going
c. go
d. went
1. Hoa feels sick. She ate t o o c andy last night.
a. much
b. m any
c. a lot of
d. more
2. Hoa like spinach and cucumbers a n d _______does her aunt.
a. either
b. neither
c. so
d. too
3. ________ is the key to good health.
a. Guideline
b. M oderation
c. Selection
d. Education
4. We usually buy our fruit and v eg e ta b le s_______ the m arket?
a. at
b. in
c. to
d. from
5. Good health is one o f _______ in a person's life.
a. the best thing b. the best things c. best thing
d. best things
6. She _ _ _ _ _ the beef into th in strips.
a. made
b. heated
c. sliced
d. took
7. I ate some spinach but Mom and D a d _____ .
a. do
b. don’t
c. did
d. didn’t
8. I didn’t like the film. - ___________ _
a. W e did, either.
b. We didn’t, too.
c. N either did we.
d. So did we.
II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. Yesterday morning, Hoa and her aunt (go) _______ to the m arket.
2. I would like (b u y )________ some oranges and bananas.
3. Vegetables often (have) _______ d irt from the farm on them .
4. Be careful! The children (cro ss)_____________ the street.
86

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

5. I (b e )_______________fourteen years old next week.
6. Let’s (get) __________ some spinach and cucumbers.
7. Alice (look)______________ for a new house. She (not lik e )____________
living in London.
8. W h e n _________ you (b u y )___________ this dress? - Two days ago.

ill. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngỡặc.
1. You should w ash s p in a c h _________ before cooking them , (good)
2. Sugar is n o t _______ ___food because we need it to live, (health)
3. E at some body-_________ foods, like m eat and dairy products, (build)
4. There was a w id e ____________ of vegetables on display, (select)
5. S h e _________a pan and stir-fried the beef and the vegetables, (hot)
6. Spinach and cucumbers are m y ____________ vegetables, (favor)
7. E verything in the room was extremely _____________ . (dirt)
8. W alking is good for health and _____________ . (fit)
IV. Kết hợp các cụm từ hoặe câu ở cột A với các cụm từ hoặc câu ở cột B.
A
B
1. Nam w ent camping yesterday,
a. Let’s buy some beef.
2. W hat would you like for dinner?
b. Oranges and grapes.
3. The pineapples aren ’t ripe,
c. but M inh didn’t.
4. W hat shall we buy?
d. I’d like some chicken and rice.
5. Hoa hates durians.
e. and n either are the papayas.
6. W hat are we having for dessert?
f. So do I.
1.___ ; 2.____; 3.___4.______ ; 5.____; 6.
V. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F)a
The researchers say th a t eating less m eat may be the key to keeping a
healthy weight. At the s ta rt of the research, they asked the participants from
10 European countries, including the UK, to weigh and m easure th eir weight.
Five years later, the participants reported th eir weight. They also filled in a
detailed food questionnaire. The researchers conclusion is th a t m eat consumption
was associated w ith weight gain in both men and women.
To lose weight is not easy. W hatever diet we do, we have to rem em ber th at
exercise, a balanced diet and being happy are the keys to living a healthy life.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

E ating less m eat may be the key to a healthy weight.
Ten European countries participated in the research.
There aren ’t participants from the UK.
M eat consumption is not associated w ith weight gain.
A balanced diet alone is not enough for a healthy lifestyle.

______
______
______
_____ _
_____

UNIT 12: LET’S EAT!

87

VI. Sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. have/ you/ would/ w hat/ for/ dinner/ like/ to/ tonight?
2.

either/ can’t/ Hoa/ smell/ can’t/ her/ durians/ aunt/ the/ and.

3.

m ust/ it/ good/ you/ spinach/ very/ but/ wash/ for/ is/ you/ carefully.

4.

ate/ last/ I/ spinach/ my/ Mom/ night/ didn’t/ but/ and/ some/ Dad.

5.

gave/ the/ Ba/ some/ doctor/ make/ him / to/ medicine/ feel/ better.

TEST YOURSELF
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others. ( Chọn từ có phần gạch dướiphát âm khác các từ khác.)
1., a. sick
b. virus
c. spinach
d. cavity
2. a. check
b. choose
c. chem istry d. chance
3. a. washed
b. m easured c. stopped
d. looked
4. a. m eat
b. h eat
c. teach
d. pleasant

_

II. Choose the right word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ thích htfp để điền vào chẽ
trống.)
1. I live ____ _
away from school th an you do. (far/ farth er/ more far/
farth est)
2. H o w i s your brother? ~ 1,70 m eters, (high/ tall/ weight/ heavy)
3. A balanced diet and exercise are the keys _____
a healthy lifestyle.
(of/ for/ to/ in)
4. Mom doesn’t like carrots and I don’t
(too/ so/ either/ neither)
5. Stop, please! T hat is to o ___________ coffee, (many/ lots of/ much/ little)
6. Are you
-.
of staying home alone at night? (worried/ interested/
scared/ serious)
7. An w ent to the doctor last Sunday
■ he had a bad cold, (because/
so/ but/ and)
8. W e're going for a drink. Would you like to come w ith us? ~ ________ (Not
a t all./ You’re welcome./ No, I won’t come./ Sorry. I’m afraid I’m not free.)
III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. (Chơ dạng hoặc thì
thích hựp của động từ trong ngoặcJ
1. I need (ta k e ) ___________ __ your tem perature first.
2. I (go) _ _ _ _ _ _ to a movie last night, but I (not en jo y )____________ it.
88

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Would you like (h a v e )______________ some chicken?
Hoa (receiv e)_______________a letter from her m other two days ago.
My tooth stopped (hurt) ___________ after the dentist filled it.
Please w ait here. The doctor ( s e e )___________ you in a few m inutes.
Everybody (know )________ the symptoms of the common cold, but nobody
(know) ________a cure.
8. The smell of durians m akes me (feel)______ — — ill*

IV. Supply the correct form of the word in brackets. (Chò dạng đúng của từ trong
ngoặc.)
1. W hat's wrong w ith you? Why are you
so ____ ____ ? (happy)
2. We were all ___________ with the results, (please)
3. We have to t h i n k _______ _
about w hat we do next, (serious)
4. _______ _______ _ in diet is the way to good health, (moderate)
5. He w ent to the doctor because he had
a __________ . (stomach)
6. The cold usually lasts for a few days and t h e n ___________ . (appear)
V. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting. (Chọn từ hoặc
cụm từ được gạch dưới cần sửa.)
1- I need some inform ations about the bus schedule,
A
B
C
D
2. Was you nervous about your test the last week?
A
B
c
D
3. M arta isn ’t going to leave school and
so is Bill.
A
B
CD
4. My grade on the test was worst th an
yours.
A
B
c
D
5. Robert works hard every day, but his brother isn 't.
A
B
C
D
;
VI. Make question for the answer. (Đặt câu hỏi chữ câu trả !ỜL)
1.
- He woke up at six o’clock yesterday morning.
2.
- I brush my teeth th ree tim es a day.
3.
- My m other w ent to the doctor because she had a headache.
4.
- She is 45 kilos.
5.
- I am one m eter fifty centim eters.
6.
- These buildings are over 100 m eters high.
UNIT 12: LET’S EAT!

/

89

VII. Read the letter and then answer the questions*

Í0ỌC lá thư, sau đó trả Sờỉ các

câu hỏLì
Dear Mom,
I received your letter two days ago. I am very happy to hear Dad and Mom are
well. I am well, too. Four days ago, I had a slight cold. I felt very unpleasant, so
I went to a doctor th a t evening. The doctor gave me some medicines to relieve
the symptoms of the cold. Now I feel better. Yesterday, I had a medical check-up.
The doctor weighed me, measured my height, took my tem perature, listened to
my heart and checked my eyes and ears. Everything was normal. Last year, I
Weighed 42 kilos and my height was 1 m eter 30 centimeters. Now I am 1 m eter
and 45 centim eters tall. My weight is 40 kilos. I am losing two kilos. But don’t
worry about me, Mom. I know how to take care of myself.
The recess is over now. I m ust stop w riting here. I m iss Mom and Dad so
much, and I miss grandfather, too. Please send my regards to everybody.
Take care, Mom. W rite again soon.
Love,
Hoa
12.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

W hen did Hoa receive her m other’s le tte r ? ________ _________________
Why did she go to the doctor? ______________________________________
W hat was wrong w ith h e r ? _____ ____________________ ______________
Did she have a medical check-up?__________ __ _____________________
W hat did the doctor d o ? _______________________ ___________________
W hat was her height last y e a r ? ____________________________________
How tall is she n o w ? ______________________
Is she gaining or losing w e ig h t? _____ ______________________________

VIII. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (Viêí lạ i các câu,
bắt đầu bằng các từ cho sấnJ
1. W hat is your age? -» How _________________________________________
2. Why don’t we buy some oranges? -> L e t's _________ __ ______________
3. Hoa and h er aunt don’t like durians. -» Hoa hates durians and her aunt
4. How heavy is the fish? —» W h a t_____________ _
5. M inh likes playing soccer. -» M inh is interested

90

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANII 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

U r"

SPORTS

I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng. Sau đó cho nghĩa
tiêìng Việt của các từ.
sport
:
thể thao , môn thể t h a o . _____________________ __
E x: s__ r t
1. b _ d m __ t _n
,:
_____ _______________
2. v__ll__ b _Jl
: ._______ _____________________ ;____________ _
3. sk_t__b__ rd__ng :
_____________________________________________
4. b__sk_.Jb__.ll ’
:
_____________________________________________
5. r 11 r-sk t 11 g :
____________
6. b__eb__ Ị
:
______________________________________________
. 7. __thl__t__es
:
8.
t__nn__s
: . ______________________ __________________
.
9. s_c__ r
: -■ ______________________________________________
. 10. t _ __n_s
:
II. Viết các trạng từ tương ứng với các tính từ sau.
Ex: careful -* carefully
Adjectives
Adverbs
Adjectives
good
_____________
safe
bad
_____________
sudden
slow
_____________
careless
quick
_________ _
recent
skillful
__________

free
clear
________ _____
stric t

Adverbs
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______

III. Điển các giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trốhg.
1. I like taking p a r t ______ sports.
2. There was a walking co m p etitio n ___ school
children last year.
3. The regular activity is a 5km w a lk ____ the b e a c h _____ Sunday morning.
4. You should listen ______ the pool lifeguards.
5. They take a walk in s te a d ______ riding th eir bicycles.
6. Are you a w a r e ____ the time?
7. We carried out a s u rv e y _____ te e n a g e rs ______ the USA.
8. Children should always swim _______ an adult.
IV. Hoàn tất các câu sau với các trạng từ thích hợp.
Ex:He is a careful worker. He always works carefully.
1. David Beckam is a good soccer player. He plays so c ce r____ ______.
2. My father is a safe driver. He d riv e s _________
3. She is a skillful tennis player. She plays tennis

.
UNIT 13: ACTIVITIES

91

4. My m other is a slow cyclist. She cycles very
'__.
5. I am a bad swimmer. I s w im ________ .
6. These children are quick runners. They r u n __________ .
7. They are hard workers. They w o rk ____________ .
8. Mr Jones is a good English teacher. He teaches English v e r y _____
9. Those participants are fast walkers. They walk v e r y __________ .
10. He is a careless driver. He drives
.____________ .

.

V. Chọn từ đúng trong ngoặc để điền vào chỗ trống.
E x: My sister plays the
piano w e ll _. (good/ well)
1. I always feel ______________before exam inations, (nervous/ nervously)
2. He speaks English _______________ . (fluent/ fluently)
3. It is an __;_____ ______ book, (interesting/ interestingly)
4. The lette r was full o f __________ spelling m istakes- (careless/ carelessly)
5. We didn’t go out because it was r a in in g ____________ . (heavy/ heavily)
6. The football m atch was v e ry ____________I enjoyed it. (exciting/ excitingly)
7. She tried on the dress and it fitted her _______ _____ .(good/ well)
8. He never has accidents because he always drives________ . (careful/ carefully)
9. He behaved _______________ towards his children, (strict/ strictly)
10. I t’s too dark to s e e _______ _______. (clear/ clearly)

_

VI. Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn tất đoạn văn.
W alking is a safe, simple and low impact exercise th a t can help keep you
(1)_______ . To sta rt walking all you need is a comfortable (2)______ of shoes
and sensible clothing. It would be best to first sta rt off walking (3)_______ for
10 to 30 minutes once a week depending (4)_____ your individual comfort levels.
You can then increase (5)_______ walking to 5 to 10 minutes everyday of the
week. It is im portant th a t you continue walking for at (6)
3 hours each
week. W alking can not only help you (7)_____ fit and healthy but can also keep
you happy and sociable (8) you can walk with your friends and family.
h e a lth y
healthful
h e a lth ily
1. h e a lth
pair
2. piece
b ar.
couple
3. slow
slower
slowly
slow lily
4. in
at
on
to
5. you
your
you’re
yours
m ost
6. less
much
le a st
7. sta y
increase
enjoy
rem ain
th e n
as
8. where
w hat
VII. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
Today, badm inton becomes a very popular sports activity. It spreads quickly
from the city to the countryside. People need only a pair of rackets, a shuttlecock,
a net and a small piece of land to play the game. Two or four players hit the
92

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

shuttlecock over the net with th eir rackets. People can play badm inton in their
free tim e or in a competition. Now there are m any badm inton competitions
and even a World Cup. The strongest countries in badm inton are Indonesia,
China and South Korea.
1. Do people enjoy playing badm inton nowadays?
2. W hat do people need to play badminton?
3. Describe how people play badminton.
3. W hat countries are the strongest in badminton?

n

COME AND PLAY

I. Chọn từ không cùng nhóm vứi các từ còn lại.
Ex: te n n is
football
<& >
1. play
m ust
should
2. v isited
finished
w aited
3. difficult
freely
popular
4. pearl
pear
diam ond
5. scuba-diving
diver
sw im m ing
6. exploration
invention
deep-sea

skateboarding
can
needed
regular
sapphire
w ater-skiing
discovery

II. Hoàn tâ't các câu sau với các động từ cho sấn trong khung.
explored

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

invented

discovered

play

breathe

equipped

dived

swim

volleyball w ith us.
Come and
Nowadays, m an can
freely underw ater.
C hristopher Columbus
America in 1492.
People
more slowly when they are asleep.
the Amazon River.
They .......... ........
a deep-sea diviner vessel in early 1940s
Jack Cousteau
Those m en
for pearls.
The room was
with video cameras.

III. Sắp xếp các động từ vào cột đúng theo cách phát âm đuôi -ed.
played, watched, liked, needed, allowed, started, organized, finished, waited,
explored, invented, looked, discovered
N ____________________ _________________________________________________
, /d/____________________________________________ _________
/id /_____________________________________________________________
UNIT 13: ACTIVITIES

93

IV-

ữùũg ắắWouSd y.ou like

đê viết cân điía ra lời mời. Sau đó viết câu châp
nhận (accept) hoặc từ chối (refuse) lời mời.

Ex: go to the movies (accept/ refuse)
Would you like to oo to the m ovies?
I ’d love to./ I ’d love to but I c a n t

1. play soccer with us (accept)
2. have a walk w ith me (refuse)
3. go swimming (accept)
4. play table tennis (accept)
5. jog with me (refuse)
6. play video games (refuse)

v» Viết câu cho lời khuyên, dùng ought to hỡặe ought not to.
E x: I have a headache, (see a doctor)
You ought to see a doctor.

His stomach is aching, (not eat green fruit.)
He ought not to eat green fruit.

1. H er room is very dirty, (clean it every day)
2. I play tennis badly, (practice tennis more regularly)
3. My father has a sore throat, (not smoke so much)
4. Nam feels very tired, (go to bed early)
5. He had an accident last week, (not drive so fast)
6. I catch flu. (stay in bed)

7. Hoa feels sleepy, (not stay up late)
8. His sh irt is very old. (buy a new one)

VI- Điển vào chỗ trông với các động từ tình thái can/ can9ị could/ couldn’t? musư
mustn’t, should/ shouldn’t, ought/ oughtn't.
E x: My f a t h e r __ c a n __speak English and French.
1. You _________ wash your hands before meals.
94

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

_

2. John is very good at m ath. He
do all m ath problems.
3. It’s too late. I __________go now.
4. She gets bad m arks at chemistry. S h e ________ to study harder.
5. The traffic lights are red. Y o u _______ stop.
6. _______ I go to the movies now?
7. S h e _________ speak English when she was six.
8. Life is short. W e __________ ____ waste it.
9. I __________ do my homework last night because I was too tired.
10. Y o u ________ to walk alone afters dark. It’s dangerous.

VII. Viết các mail đôi thoại.
E x: soccer/ ought to/ clean/ room
N am : Come and play soccer, Minh.
M inh: I ’m sorry . I don't think I can.
N am : That is too bad . Why not?
M inh: Well. I ought to clean my room .
1. skip ro p e/h av e to/ do/hom ew ork
N ga
L an
N ga
L an
chess/ should/ help/ Mom
T am :
N am :
Tam :
N am :
badm inton/ m ust/ practice/ piano
Phong:
T h an h :
Phong:
T hanh:
volleyball/ ought to/ attend/ English club
Long
M inh
Long
M inh

VIII. Đọc đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lờĩ các câu hỏi.
A French oceanographer, Jacques Cousteau (1910 - 1997), invented a deep-sea
diving vessel in the early 1940s. In the vessel, he could explore the oceans of the
world and study underwater life. Now we can explore the oceans using special TV
cameras as well. We can learn more about the undersea world thanks to this invention.
1. W hat does Jacques Cousteau do?
UNIT 13: ACTIVITIES

95

2. W hat’s his nationality?
3. W hen was he bom?
4. How old was he when he died?
5. W hat did he invent?
6. W hat could he do in the vessel?
7. W hat can we learn thanks to his invention?

Chọn từ, cum từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trốhg.
Ex: My m other always drives _______ ____ .
d. beautifully
a. careful
(b) carefully
c. slow
1. You o u g h t_______ to the dentist.
d. to going
a. to go
b. go
c. going
2.
does your father like? He likes tennis,
d. W hich’s sport
c. W hat sports
a. W hat’s sport b. W hat sport
3. Mr. Robinson speaks Vietnamese v e r y ________ .
d. carefully
a. fluently
b. skillfully
c. good
This river is v e r y _______ for the swimmers.
d. safely
a. danger
b. dangerously
c. dangerous
5. W alking is a good s p o r ts _______ . It m ake u s ____
d. game - health
a game - healthy b. activity - healthy c. activity - health
6 . I ______ stay in bed because I have a bad cold.
d. ought
a. m ust
b. can
c. shouldn’t
7. Dave can speak French. d. Ann can either.
a. So does Ann. b. Neither can Ann c. Ann can, too.
__________________________ - I’d love to.
a. Do you like to go swimming?
b. Would you like to go swimming?
c. Should we go swimming?
d. Could you go swimming?
II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.
___very popular all around the world in 1990s.
1. Basketball (become)
. roller-skating when he (b e)________ a child.
2 . My father (play)__
her children to stay up late.
3. She never (allow) _
TV.
. your homework before (watch)
4. You ought (finish)_

fast now.
5. The disease (spread)
the radio.
6. Marconi (in v e n t)___
back by six o’clock.
7. The children m ust (b e )________
96

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

8. I like (watch)

basketball.

III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.
1. My grandfather is eighty-six years old. He walks very __
(slow)
I saw a n ____________ film on TV last night, (excite)
Are the toys _____________for children? (safely)
Ronaldo is a ______
. soccer player. He plays soccer very.
(skill)
Playing soccer in the street is very
(danger)
He speaks English v e ry ___________
so I can’t catch his words, (quick)
_____________ , everyone stood up and shouted, (sudden)
The children behaved v e r y _____________ . (good)
IV. Ghép các câu ở cột A với các câu ồ cột B.
A
B
1. My sister is very bad at m ath.
a. He ought to jog every morning.
2 .1 have a stomachache.
b. N either did I.
3. Nám likes swimming.
c. She m ust do more m aths exercises.
4. He is gaining weight.
d. OK. You can go.
e. You shouldn’t eat green fruit.
5. W hat sport do you like best?
6. Would you like to play chess?
f. So does Phong.
7. She didn’t come there last night. g. Badminton.
h. I’d like to but I can’t. I have to go now.
8. Can I go to the movies, Mom?
1 . ___ : 2 . ____; 3 . ____; 4 . ____; 5. ___ ; 6 . ____; 7 . ____; 8 . ____
V. Trả lời các câu hỏi về bạn.
1. W hat sports do you like?
_____________________ ___________________
2. W hat’s your favorite sport? ___________________________ ____________
3. Do you like walking?
____________________ ___________________
4. How often do you play sports? ______________________ ____________ị
VI. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE CT) hoặc FALSE (F).
Nowadays, football becomes one of the world’s most popular games. Millions
of people play and watch it all around the world.
A football m atch often has two parts. Each part is forty-five minutes. The
first p art is the first half and the second part is the second half. There is a
fifteen-minute break between the two halves.
There are two team s in a football match. Each football team has eleven
players, including a goal-keeper. The players on the ground try to kick the ball
into the other’s goal. The team which scores more goals wins the match.
1. A lot of people in the world enjoy playing or watching football.
____
2. Millions of people play football around the world.
____
3. A football m atch has two halves of forty-five m inutes each.
___ _
4. There is no break in a football match.
___
5. Each football team has eleven players and a goal-keeper in the field. ___ _
6. The w inning team is the team th a t scores more goals.
____
UNIT 13: ACTIVITIES

97

U^IT . n
n_

TIME FOR TV

L Hoàn ta'f các câu sau với những từ cho sẩn trong khung.
[ black

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

adventures

gathers

white

outside

TV sets

defective

comfortable

owner]

In Connan Doyle’s novels, Sherlock Hòlme is a famous _____ ________ .
Many years ago, there were o n ly _________ a n d ___________TV programs.
Life in the city is more ________ _____ th an life in the country.
She told me about h e r _____________ _ in Africa.
Who is t h e _________ of this house?
After dinner, my family usually_______ round the television in the living room.
Don’t go _____ ._______ I t’s too cold.
Thirty years ago in Viet Nam, very few people h a d ______ ______ .

II. Điền vào chỗ trổhg với các giới từ in, beforeafter, on, at, through, during, until*
1. There is a play
the Youth T heater tonight.
2. Are you f r e e ____________ Monday?
3. Let’s m eet a t our h o u s e __________ the show./
4. Very few Vietnam ese people had TV sets ___________ 1960s.
5. The street is full of traffic from m o rn in g _____ _______ night.
6. Some people gathered outside the house and watched TV
.
the windows.
7. I go swimming every d a y __________ work.
8. Jan e was a t the s e a s id e __________ her summer vacation.
III. Viết câu gợi ý với êãWhat about«.?” hoặc éíHow about
E x: go swim m ing
What about going swimming? ____________
orange juice
What about orange juice? ______ _________
1. see a detective movie
2. a piece of cake
__________ __________________________
3. play volleyball at the weekend ____________________________________ _
4. have dinner at my house
__________________ ___________________
5. go for a walk
6. a cup of tea
______________
7. watch videos
__________ ______;______ _______________ _
8. fruit juice
IV. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.
E x: I/ watch // children’s program s
What would you like to watch?
I ’d like to watch children’s programs.
1. he/ eat // some noodles

98

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

2. My m other/ read// novels and woman magazines

3. Lan/ drink// lemon juice

4. Nam/ see// cowboy movie

5. they/ play// volleyball and soccer

6. we/ listen to// pop music

7. her brother/ watch// contest program s

8. I/ buy// a box of chocolates.

V. Viết câu vởi like + gerund\
E x: Hoa/ like/ w atch TV
They/ not like/ cook
1. I/ like/ swim

Hoa likes watching TV.
They don’t like cooking .

2. The boys/ like/ play video games
3. My brother/ not like/ listen to music

1

4. We/ not like/ go to the movies
5. She/ like/ talk w ith friends
6. H er children/ not like/ play sports
7. Nam / like/ collect stam ps
8. My youngest sister/ not like/ read.

VI. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F).
Television has changed our lives in m any ways. M any people now spend
more tim e w atching TV th an doing anything else.However, television offers
UNIT 14: FREETIME FUN

99

both benefits and dangers to us. Firstly, television helps us to learn about the
world and to know and see many new things. Secondly, it entertains us. Moreover,
television has increased the popularity of sports. People can see all types of
sports on TV and watch very im portant football m atches th a t take place in a
foreign country. Television also brings us lots of disadvantages. It can make us
passive. W atching TV doesn’t perm it us to do other activities such as reading,
conversation, and games. We install ourselves in front of the TV and we keep
on watching for a couple of hours without even realizing how much tim e has
passed. All in all, we have to pay more attention at w hat we watch on TV and
we should let children spend less tim e in front of the television.

1. People today spend more time watching TV than any other activ ity .____
2. W atching TV can improve our knowledge of the world.
____:___
3. We can only watch football m atches th a t take place in our
own country on TV.
__ __
4. Television prevents us from communicating w ith each other:
____
5. We should not allow children to watch television.
____

II'

WHAT IS ON?

I. Sắp xếp các chữ cái thành từ đúng.
E x: gram pro
program _____
1. nateeger
_________ _____
_______________
2. estcont
3. tureadven _______________
4. cussdision ______ ________

5. reignof
6. ledknowge
7. lite te ls a
8. vaialable

II. Hoàn tất các câu với những từ cho sấn trong khung.
cartoon

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

audience

artist

viewers

performing

character

“Tom and Je rry ” is a W alt Disney _____________
.
A __________ is a person who takes p art in a contest.
They are ________________ a history play tonight.
T h e ________________ applauded the performance for íìvé m inutes.
Oliver Tw ist is a _______________ _ in the novel of Charles Dickens.
T V __________can join in answering questions through telephone or by mail.
Picasso was a great Italian ________________ .

III. Đọc và đặt dấu trọng âm các từ.
E x: teen ag er
sa te llite
character
audience
telephone im port
discussion
contest
contestant defective
100

contestant

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

a r tis t
fo re ig n
cartoon

perform
aẩventxxre
knowledge

IV* Viết câu theo những từ gợi ý, dùng dạng hoặc thì đúng của động IK
Ex: My sister/ like/ cook chicken soup
My sister likes cooking/ to cook chicken soup.

1. My father/ enjoy/ play chess in his free tim e
.2. I/ would like/ see a detective movie
3. They/ prefer/ listen to pop music
4. Teenagers/ like/ listen the latest pop music
5. The children/ hate/ go to bed early
6. My grandm other/ prefer/ live in the country
7. She/ love/ walk in the rain
8. We/ would love/ m eet your family
9. Phong and M inh/ not like/ go to the movies
10. Young children/ enjoy/ help around the house

V. Viết cãu theo các từ gợi ý.
E x: I/ watch sports/ take p art in them
I d on’t really like watching sports. I prefer taking part in them.

Hoa/ movies/ cartoons
Hoa doesn't really like movies. She prefer cartoons.

1. My father/ w hite coffee/ black coffee
2. We/ have dinner at home/ go out for dinner
3. I/ rock music/ pop music
4. The children/ read/ watch TV
5. Nam / take p a rt in sports/ watch them on TV.
6. Thanh/ sports shows/ fashion shows
7. My m other/ cycle/ walk
8. He/ girl bands/ boy bands
UNIT 14: FREETIME FUN

101

¥1. V i ế t câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng câu trúc preferBBBtỡ (thích ....hơn).
Ex: I/ watch TV/ listen to music
I prefer watching TV to listening to music.

1. My brothers/ play tennis/ swim
2. I/ ride/ walk
3. He/ pop music/ classical music
4. My m other/ walk / cycle
5. These boys/ detective films/ horror films
6. We/ see the shows of our favorite singers/ hear th eir albums
7. Most children/ cartoons/ movies
8. She/ play the piano/ play the violin

VII. Đặt cấu hỏi và viết câu ỉrả lời theo các từ gợi ýE x: TV program / Nga// children’s program s
What kinds of TV programs does Nga like?
She likes children’s programs.
1. music/ you// rock music and pop music

2. films/ your brother// cowboy films

3. books/ they/ picture-books

4. sports/ Nam// table tennis

and badm inton

5. fruit/ you// durians and mangoes

6. drink/ Lan// Coca Cola

7. foodJ she// ham burger and chicken soup

102

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

¥111- Điền vào chỗ trống ¥ỚÍ các giới từ thích hợp.
1. We will m e e t___________ six o’c lo c k ________ Sunday night.
2. You should brush your t e e t h ____________ every meal.
3. Hoa usually talks about her d a y ____________ dinner.
4. The burglar got into the house ___________ the window.
5. She liv e d _____________ America _____________ 1969.
6. Rem ember to wash your hands ____________ meals;
7. W hat is ____________ TV today?
8. There aren ’t m any good program s _________ :
teenagers nowadays.
sports _____ _ watching them .
9. Nga prefers taking p a r t ______ :
10. There is a cowboy movie o n ______ the New Age Theater. Are you free
________ Friday?
IX. Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn ỉât đoạn văn.
Most teenagers (1)_______th e world like television. M any listen to the
radio. In a lot of countries, the most (2)________ shows on TV are series. They
show ordinary characters and (3)____ _ they live. M any teenagers (4)_________
pop music. There are (5)________ music programs on TV and one satellite TV
station only shows pop videos. In m any countries, people (6)_____ watch satellite
TV. Often in large cities, cable TV is (7)_______ . W ith satellite and cable TV,
it’s possible to choose from a wide variety of (8)_________ .
1. on
all
of
around
2. popular
in te rested
im p o rtan t
excited
3. when
how
where
who
4. liste n
show
join
like
5. much
any
lots of
lot of
6. can
m ust
should
could
7. portable
available
regular
norm al
8. program s
series
viewers
characters
H T E S T

FOR UNIT 1 4

Chọn từ hoặc cụm ỉừ thích hợp để điền vàỡ chỗ trông.
Ex: Are you free __
Tuesday?
a. in
(b) on
c. at
d. during
1. There was a(n)
football m atch on TV last nierht.. I really liked it.
a. exciting
b. boring
c. popular
d. interested 1
2. They prefer reading
watching TV.
a. th an
b. more th an
c. to
d. instead of
3. W hat kinds of
do vou like? - I like cartoons.
a. books
d. sports
b. films
c. pictures
4. Nga likes
program s about teenagers in other countries.
a. watch
b. watches
c. to watch
d. watched
5. I saw a good __
on owls last night.
a. station
b. contest
c. program
d. channel
UNIT 14: FREETIME FUN

103

6. ______ swimming? - T hat’s OK.
a. How about
b. Let’s'
c. Shall we
d. Why not
7. Teenagers like to listen to t h e _________ pop music.
a. late
b. later
c. latest
d. m ost late
8. Why don’t we go to the movies this weekend? - _____________
a. Not at all.
b. Not a bad idea. e. Thanks a lot.
d You’re welcome.

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. My m other prefers (rid e )___________ to (w a lk )________ ____ .
2. W h e re _______ you (liv e )__________ when you were a child?
3. Lan’s family (watch) _____________ TV every night.
4. Would you like (have) ___________ dinner at my house tonight?
5. Many years ago, most Vietnamese people (not h a v e )_________ TV sets.
6. Nga doesn’t like (w atch )_____ _
sports. She prefers ( ta k e )_________
p art in them .
7. W hat _____ you (d o )_____ _____ tomorrow night? ~ I (se e )______ _____
a movie w ith my parents.
8. How about (go) _________ to the beach this afternoon?
III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.
1. The program me attracted millions o f ____________ • (view)
2. T hat detective film was very ____________. (bore)
3. Many teenagers are ____________ in pop music, (interest)
4. He was s it t in g _____ ______in the living room, watching TV. (comfort)
5. The boy band will give t w o _________ _ this week, (perform)
6. On the game show Fam ily F e u d ,_____
are family members, (contest)
7. Cable television offers a wide ____________ of special program s, (vary)
8. TV, stations show foreign series because they can buy th e m _____ . (cheap)
IV. Đặt câu hỏi cho các ỉừ được gạch dưới.
1. I’d like to see a cowboy movie.
2. My family usually watches TV in the evening.
3. They didn’t have a TV set because it was too expensive.
4. We prefer reading and playing chess.
5. I’d love to. I really like detective movies.
6. She likes pop music.
7. No, I don’t really like cartoons. I prefer movies.
8. Nga is going to visit her old teachers this evening.
104

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7

9

PHAN BÀI TẬP

V. Ghép các câu trả lờl ở cột B với các câu hỡi tương ứng ở cột Â.
B
1. Would you like to watch TV?
a. Yes, especially series and cartoons.
2. Would you like to come to my party? b. No, thanks. I’m not thirsty.
3. Would you like something to drink? c. Yes. It’s good for health.
4. Do you like watching TV?
d. I’m afraid I don’t. They are sonoisy.
5. Do you like parties?
e. No. There aren ’t good program s on.
6. Do you like orange juice?
f. I’d love to. W hat time?
1.
: 2.
; 3.
:4 . ____ ; 5. . ___; 6 . ___ .
VI. Đọc đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
Nowadays, television becomes very popular. Both old and young people
enjoy w atching it very much. TV program s a ttra c t m illions of view ers all
around the world. In addition to the news, television stations also broadcast
m any in teresting program s such as sports, music, cartoons, wild life, popular
science, reports, contests, movies, etc. At present, people can enjoy a live
program on TV. Live TV program helps us see events at the same tim e as they
are happening. In our country, we often watch live TV program s of im portant
events and in ternational football m atches.
- to a ttrac t (v): thu h ú t
A
- in addition to (exp): thêm vào
- to broadcast {v): p h á t (các chương trìn h ph á t thanh hoặc truyền hình)
- live program (n) : chương trìn h (truyền hình, truyền thanh ) trực tiếp
1. Who enjoy watching television?
2. W hat do television stations broadcast?
3. What program helps us see events at the same time as they are happening?
4. W hat live TV program s do we often watch in our country?

VII. Hoàn ta't câu thứ hai sao cho nó có nghĩa tương tự với câu thứ nhất.
1. My m other likes walking better th an cycling.
—» My m other prefers _______ ____________ _________________ _
2. Why don’t we go to the beach this weekend?
—» W hat about ____________________________
3. They really like to travel to N ha Trang on th eir vacation.
-> They enjoy_________________________
4. The history of these places interests me.
—» I ' am ___________ ____________________
5. Reading is more boring th an watching TV.
—> W atching TV is m ore__________________
6. You should not stay up late.
-» You o u g h t______________
UNIT 14: FREETIME FUN

105

ft;

VIDEO GAMES

ilEitểỉỉC}.'''

L Hoàn tâì các câu vối những từ cho sấn trong khung.
inventor

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

addictive

amusement

arcades

education

dizzy

premises

robbery

Children usually play video games in '_____________ .
Faraday was an ____________ . He invented the generator.
He feels __________ after two glasses of beer.
Video games can b e _____________ .
He often plays video games f o r ______________ .
There was an armed ;__________ in th at store yesterday morning.
T hat rich m an has a large ___________ .
She went to college to continue h e r __________
.

II. Viết câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng should hoặc should not (shouldn't}.
E x: go to bed early.
-> You should go to bed early.
1. go to the amusem ent center often.
2. finish your homework before playing video games.
3. spend much money on video games.
4. take p art in outdoor activities w ith friends.
5. spend little tim e playing video games.
6. develop your social skill.
7. arrive home late at night.
8. eat plenty of fruit and vegetables.

111. Điền vào chỗ trông với các động từ tình thái canl can’t, must/ mustn't, should/
shouldn't
E x: Video games can
be addictive.
1. Children ______ _____ spend too much tim e playing video games.
2. Y o u __________ forget to finish your homework before w atching TV.
3. The police ___________ identify the robbers by studying the videos.
4. The children ___________ take part in outdoor activities with th eir friends,
5. All children _____________ play outdoors and develop th eir social skills.
106

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 ® PHAN BÀI TẬP

6. Video games __._____ ___ be addictive, so p la y e rs __________ be careful.
7. __________ I go to the am usem ent center to play video games, Mom?
No, you__ . You_____
spend too much of your time in the arcade.
8. Children_spend only a small part of their free time playing video games.
IV- Cho dạng đúng của các từ trong ngoặc.

Ex: You should do e x e rc ise s regularly (regular)
1. S o m e __________ of the games are as young as 14 or 15. (invent)
2. The children are playing __________ upstairs, (noise)
3. M any schools use videos as a ____________ aid. (teach)
4. Children shouldn’t go to t h e ____________ center too often, (amuse)
5. W hen there is a ____________ , the police can study the video to identify
t h e __________ . (rob)
6. You m ust b e ______
■ when you cross the street, (care)
7. Coffee is ________________________ in a mild way. (addict)
8. She hopes her children will get a g o o d _____________ . (educate)

V. Hoàn tất các đoạn vản sau vối dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong
ngoạc.
1. Nam (like)_______ (play)_________ video games. But he (not like) __________
to play video games at home.
He usually (go)_to the amusement center
play the games. At present, he (walk)
_________ to the amusement center
with some friends. They (talk) ________~______about some new video games.
2. Nam and his friends (be) __________ at the arcade now. N am ’s friends
(not know) _____________ to play the new games. Therefore, Nam (not play)
____________ video games at this time. He (teach) _____________ his friends
how to play the new ones.
VI. Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trông.
!
1. C hildren shouldn’t play video games _______ a long tim e.
2. Some children play video games _____ home, others play th e m ___ arcades.
3. Children shouldn’t spend much tim e ______ video games.
4. It’s b a d ______kids to b e ______ th eir own so much.
5. Children should take p art ______outdoor a c tiv itie s ______ _ th eir friends.
6. Children should be w ith p e o p le ______ th eir own age.
7. Videos are very u se fu l________education.
'
8. VCDs play music and show video images ______ the same time.
VII. Hoàn ta'f đoạn văn với những từ cho sấn trong khung.
spend

as

so

dizzy

arcades

too

young

must

Millions of (1)_______
people play video games. Some play them at home,
others play them in (2)___________. The inventors of the games become very rich.
Some of the inventors are (3)_________ young as 14 or 15.
UNIT 15: GOING OUT

107

These games are good fun, but players (4)
_____ _ be careful. They should
not (5)_______ much time on these games because they can become tired or
(6)
. Sometimes, players spend (7)________much tim e on th eir own
because they like to play video games (8)_____ much.

u
IN THE CITY
I. Cho dạng quá khứ của các động từ.
Ex: to like liked _____
1. to go
________ _ 5. to prefer ___________
2. to buy __________
6. to decide__________
3. to move _____ :_____ 7. to get
__________
4. to know __________
8. to scare __________

9. to begin ___________
10. to teach _________
11. to keep __________
12. to enjoy__________

II. Sắp xếp các từ trong khung vào các nhóm thlch hợp.
film
coach

car
cartoon
city
lelf motorbike
wildlife
village
right behind
weather forecast
countryside
truck
in front of
bus European soccer

_____________ public library

world news

bike

theater

market

__________

- TV program s:_______ ________________________________________________
- Places': _________________ _____________________________________ _
- V ehicles:_________________________ _ ________________________________ _
- D irection:________________________;__________________ _________________

III. Điền các giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.
E x: W hat do you do in the evening?
1. Hoa liv e d _________ a village near Hue.
2. I usually s t a y _________ home _______ Sundays.
3. The noise keeps me a w a k e _________ night.
4. Life in the city is d iffe re n t_________ life in the country.
5. There are bikes, motorbikes and cars coming ________ every direction.
6. You will get u s e d _________ it soon.
7. She prefers to socialize_________ her friends.
8. Hoa usually g o e s _________ the public lib r a r y _________ ^ bike.
IV. Viết câu nói về những điểu Hoa thích và không thích.
D islike
Like

play chess
X
eat out
s
listen to music
X
the noise and the busy roads
X
cross the street
V
go to the public library
108

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

see movies
do homework with friends
socialize w ith her friends

X

s

1- Hoa likes playing chess.
2. Hoa doesn’t like eating o ut
3. ___ __________ ______________________________________________
4. ________________________ ’___________________________________ _
5. _________________________________________________
6.
7.

. 8.
9.

'____________________________________________________________ _

_________________

V. Vĩết câu với các từ gợi ý.
Ex: Traffic/ always/ busy/ the city Traffic is always busy in the city.
1. My grandparents/ hate/ noise/ the traffic
2. He/ like/ go fishing/ Snnday m orning
3. The roads/ narrow / the country
4. My neighbors/ always/ very friendly
5. They/ prefer/ orange juice/ lemon juice
6. Hoa/ hate/ cross/ road/ most
7. She/ sometim es/ go/ public library
8. You/ get used to/ live/ the city/ soon

VI. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vấn.
E x: I hate the noise and busy roads.

/ don’t hate the noise and busy roads.
Do you hate the noise and busy roads?

1. C hildren should spend little tim e playing video games.

2. Hoa knew all the people in her neighborhood.

UNIT 15: GOING OUT

109

3. Video gam es.can be addictive.

«

4. They m ust take p art in activities with th eir friends.

5. I will get used to the noise soon.

6. There was a public library in her village.

7. We often play table tennis together.

8. The noise keeps me awake at night.

Vli. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.

Ex: She usually does the housework in the evening.
What does she usually do in the evening?

1. Nam goes to the am usem ent center once a week.
2. Hoa hated crossing the road most.
3. Nam usually stays in the arcade for about one hour.
4. I often go'sw im m ing in my free time.
5. Lạn and Hoa went to the public library two days ago.
6. Hoa doesn’t like the city because it's too noisy and busy, ,
7. Before moving to the city, Hoa lived in a village near Hue.
8. He spends half an hour on computer games each day.

VIII. Đọc đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.
Hi! I’m Phong. W hen I was twelve, my fam ily moved to th e city. At first,
everything was strange and difficult to me. Life in the city is always busy
110

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

and the people are often in a hurry. I hated the noise and the busy roads. I
h ated crossing th e road m ost. A lot of bikes, m otorbikes, cars and buses
coming from every direction scared me. Now I get used to the life in the city.
I am used to the noise and busy city traffic. I am no longer afraid of crossing
the road. But I don’t really like to live in the city. I prefer to live in the
country.
1. W hen did Phong’s family move to the city?
2. Was everything easy for him at first?
3. W hat does he th in k about the city life and the city people?
4. W hat did he dislike most about the city? Why?
5. How does he feel now?
6. W hich place does he prefer to live in, the city or the countryside?

TEST FOR UNIT 15
I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
Ex: Many young p e o p le ________ video games.
a. playing
(b) play
d. to play
c. plays
1. I am going to the
center.
a. amuse
b. amusing
c. am usem ent
d. amused I
2. He has plenty of homework
tonight.
d. for doing
a. to do
b. do
c. doing
3. Nam often
about half an hour a day playing computer games
d. gets
a. takes
b. wastes
c. spends
4. Group play helps children develop
skills
a. careful
b. social
c. useless
d. regular
5. The doctor thinks all children
take p art in outdoor activities.
d. could
a. should
b. can
c. m ight
with th eir neighbours as much as they used to.
6. People don't
d. visit
a. identify
b. m eet
c. socialize
7. You should take a
break every 30 m inutes spent on the computer.
c. five-minute
d. five-minuted
a. five-m inutes b. five m inutes
homework to do.
8. I’m busy tonight. I have
d. a few
a. m any
b. a lot of
e. little
UNIT 15: GOING OUT

111

iL Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Be quiet! I (watch) _______________ this film!
Don’t forget (turn) ___________ off the lights before going out.
You should (spend) _________ less tim e (play) _______ _ video games.
Children always like (listen) _____________ to stories.
Hoa rarely (go)______ to the movie or (e a t)______ _ out in the evening.
Tina (stay) ________________ home and watch TV tonight.
I get up at 5.30 every day, so I’m used to (g e t)_________ up early.
Hoa (not g o )________ on a picnic last weekend because she (ca tch )____
a bad cold.

III. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc.
1. The In tern et is a __________ tool for inform ation seeking, (use)
2. She knows all the people in her ;____________ . (neighbor)
3. Are we going on the r i g h t _________
? (direct)
4. He had an accident because he d ro v e _________ (care)
5. The book is full o f _____ _________ stories, (amuse)
6. The kids are r e a lly __________ today, (noise)
7. We need someone with excellent _____ _________ skills, (society)
8. You m ust be careful when playing computer games because they can be
____________ . (addict)
IV. Sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. in/ city/ busy/ life/ is/ the/ always.
2. too/ don’t/ spend/ tim e/ much/ your/ of/ video/ playing/ games.
3^ players/ so/ addictive/ be/ video/ can/ games/ m ust/ careful/ be.
4. should/ take/ children/ in/ outdoor/ friends/ p art/ activities/ with.
5. she/ used/ the/ to/ will/ of/ noise/ soon/ get/ the/ traffic.
6. go/ am usem ent/ children/ to/ shouldn’t/ often/ center/ the. /

V. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.
1. She lived in the country for twelve years.
2. The children are going to the amusem ent center now.
3. Hoa felt scared when she crossed the road.
112

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

'

4. Children should take p art in outdoor activities w ith their friends.
5. Hoa’s uncle bought her a bike.
6. There are thousands of books in the public library.
7. I am going to visit my grandm other this Sunday.
8. They rarely eat out because it is far too expensive.

VI. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (Tỉ hoặc FALSE (F).
Millions of young people play video games. Some play them a t home, others
play them in arcades. The inventors of the games become very rich. Some of
the inventors are as young as 14 or 15. These games are goodfun, but players
must be careful. They should not spend much tim e on these games because they
can become tired or dizzy. Sometimes, players spend too much tim e on their
own because they like to play video games so much. One doctor advises th a t
children should spend only a siaall p art of th eir free tim e playing video games.
They m ust take p a rt in outdoor activities with th eir friends and develop their
social skills.
____
1. Nowadays, video games are very popular among young people.
2. Most inventors of the games are teenagers.
____
3. Playing video games too much can cause dizziness.
_____
4. Players sometimes like to play video games alone.
_____
5. The doctor advises children not to spend much time on video games.
____
6. The doctor says children must stay indoors to play.
i
VII Hoàn ta't câu thứ hai sao cho nó có lìghĩa tương tự với cãu thứ nhất'
1. We will m ake a Sapa tour th a t lasts four days.
-» We will m ake a ____ ;__________ :___________ ____________________ _
2. My father is a careful driver.
—» My father drives
3. Ms Chi speaks English fluently.
-> Ms Chi i s ____________________
-______ :_____________ ;_________
4. Hoa hates the noise and the busy roads in the city.
-> Hoa doesn’t _____ ______________________________________ __________
5. I like video games better than computer games.
-> I p r e f e r _____________________________________________ ___________
6. Let’s go to the am usem ent center.
—> Why don’t ______________ ;_______________________________________
UNIT 15: GOING OUT

113

PEOPLE AND pla c es
rv

o

0

FAMOUS PLACES IN ASIA
Ghép tên của các thủ đô với tên của các quôc gia. Sau đó viết thành câu hoàn
chỉnh.
C o u n tr y
C a p ita l
a. Cambodia
1. /
1. Ha Noi
2.
b. V ietnam
2. J a k a rta
3.
c. M alaysia
3. Bangkok
4.
4. V ientiane
d. T h ailan d
5.
5. Phnom Penh
e. C hina
f. M yanm ar
6.
6. M anila
7.
g. Indonesia
7. Beijing
8.
8. Tokyo
h. Laos
9.
i. P hilippine
9. Kuala Lumpur
10.
10. Yangon
j. Ja p a n
li, Hoàn tất các câu sau với những từ cho sấn trong khung.
attraction

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

monument

temples

tradỉtỉona!

pilot

cultures

ancient

My father is a ______________ . He flies all over the world.
Hoi An is an
._________ town.
The television has little _____________ for me.
Vinh Nghiem is one of the largest B u d d h is t__________ in the city.
Kimono is a _____________ Japanese costume.
They built a _____________ to soldiers killed in the war.
She is studying t h e _____________ of Asian countries.
A _____________ is a place where people go for a holiday.

III. Đọc và đặt dâii trọng âm các từ.
E x: ’aZbum
ancient attraction destination coral
monument region,
resort
culture
tra d itio n a l adm ire Indonesia postcard
IV. Đặt các trạng từ vào đúng vị trí trong câu.
E x: He goes to the office by bus. (sometimes)
He sometimes goes to the office by bus.
1. I am at home on Sundays, (always)
2. Ba’s uncle flies to Hong Kong as well as Bangkok, (usually)
114

resort

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 ® PHAN BÀI TẬP

3 . He can find tim e for reading, (seldom)

4. They don’t stay up late, (often)
5. My parents go to the concert, (occasionally)
6. You m ust do th a t again, (never)
7. Do you study your English lessons in the evening? (always)
8. F ast food is good, (rarely)

Điển vào chỗ trông vớĩ m ay hoặc may n o t
1.
I sit down? - Yes, please.
2. M inh
plav volleyball today because he has a slight cold.
3. You should take this" medicine. It
cure Your cough.
4.
I have some more coffee. Mom? - No. you
be rain.
5. Remember to take a raincoat when VOŨ go out. It
6. Hoa’s uncle mav drink coffee but Hoa
be true.
7. Don’t believe w hat he savs. His words
sro out without permission.
8. You
be late, so don’t w ait for me.
9. I
go out tonight. She isn’t feeling: well.
10. Liz
Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.
Ex: vou/ walk/ cycle
What do vou prefer? ~ / prefer walkino to cvclino.
1. he/ listen to music/ read

2. Hoa/ live in the country/ live in the city
3. you/ visit the beautiful Khm er tem ples/ see colorful dances
4. they/ play chess/ watch TV
5. she/ see plays a t the theater/ see them on TV*
6. the tourists/ dive/ sail
7. The students/ computers/ books.
8. your father/ tea / coffee
UNIT 16: PEOPLE AND PLACES

115

Vii.

Đặt câu hỏi với cụm từ “What kinds of ...?” cho các câu sau.
Ex: I prefer orange juice to milk.
What kinds of drink do you prefer?
1. The teenagers prefer pop music to traditional music.
2. She prefers fashion shows to shadow puppet shows.
3. They prefer picture books to novels.
4. We prefer outdoor activities to indoor activities.
5. My m other prefers apples to bananas.
6. The children prefer adventure films to detective films.

VIII. Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại.
Hoa : (1)
is that, Ba?
Ba : It’s a postcard (2)_____ my uncle Nghia. He (3)______ it from Bangkok.
Hoa : W hat is he (4)__________in Bangkok?
Ba : He’s a (5)_______ . It’s his job to fly there.
Hoa : (6) _____ exciting! Does he fly only to Bangkok?
Ba : No. He also (7)______ to Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Jakarta,
Phnom Penh, Vientiane and Yangon.
Hoa : I (8)_______love to see all those places.
Ba : (9)_____ would I.

|T

FAMOUS PEOPLE

I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trốhg một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng. Sau đó cho nghĩa
tiếng Việt của từ.
Ex: f_m__ s famous: nổi t iế n g ___
1. cL_st__n__t___n:
____________
6ỉ h__sp_t_J__ty: ____________
2. b_tt_e:
_________ _
7. m__n_r__ty:
____________
3. v__t__r_n:
____________ 8. gr__m__ph__________e:
4. sc_n_ry:
________
9. __nv__nt___________n: __________
5. v__ll__y:
____________
10. p__ v__nc__:
_____________
II. Hoàn tất các câu sau với dạng quá khứ của các động từ trong khung.
defeat

depend

invent

establish

construct

grow

pay

win

1. Thomas E d is o n ___________ the electric light bulb.
2. E d is o n ___________ the first central power station in New York City.
116

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

General Giap’s forces
'
_____ the French in 1954.
The People’s Army of Viet N a m ________ the Battle of Đien Bien Phu.
A n d e rse n ___________ up in a poor family.
W hen we were young, w e ________ on our parents for food and clothing.
T h e y ___________ a bridge across the river.
H er p a r e n ts ________ ,
for her trip to America last summer.

III.Sắp xếp các từ vào các nhóm thích hợp.
famous, battle, always, army, quiz, occasionally, hospitality, ancient, seldom,
interested, never, traditional, war, veteran, usually, scenery, ethnic, tourism,
poor, rarely, battle side, sometimes, province, gramophone, often
- Nouns: _______________________ ;_______ ■
____________________________ _
- A d je c tiv e s :_________

- Adverbs: ____________________________________

_

IV. Điển vào chỗ trông với các gĩớỉ từ in, on, at, for, from, to, up.
E x: I’m studying for
a history quiz.
1. Ho Chi M inh died
______ Ha N o i____________ 1969.
2. I’m really interested _______
history.
3. A ndersen became famous
t he fairy tales.
4. Their ages r a n g e ___________ tw e n ty ______________forty.
5. Charles Dicken was b o rn ______ February 17th, 1812______ a poor family.
6. Are you very good ________
English?
7. The villagers do not d e p e n d _____ ______tourism to live.
8. The children are g ro w in g _____________ fast.
9. A friend p a id _________ his education_________. Copenhagen University.
10. He led his t e a m _____ _______ victory.
V. Điển vào chỗ trống vổi may, may not, can, can’t
E x: You can
enjoy a healthy outdoor life.
1. S h e __________ stay at home, but I’m not sure.
2. __________ you swim? - No, I ____________ .
3. The w e a th e r ________________________________ .__be fine tomorrow.
4. Y o u ________ park here. It’s a no parking zones.
, 5. May I go to. the movies tonight, Mom? - No, y o u __________ __
6. H e ______ _
fly to Kuala Lumpur on Tuesday.
7. She lived in France; th a t’s why she
______ speak French.
8. W here's John? - I don’t know. He
_________ be out a t the moment.
9. She speaks so fast I __________ understand her.
10. H er g ra m m a r_________ be very good, but she has a very wide vocabulary.
UNIT 16*. PEOPLE AND PLACES

117

E x: We ( v is it)__ v is ite d __ the Muong Thanh Valley last year.
1. Marie Curie (receive)_______ ______the Nobel Price for Chemistry in 1911.
2. My unde (send)__________me postcards every time he (go)_________ away.
3. Ba and Hoa would like (v is it)______________ Hong Kong.
4. We can (enjoy) ___________ traditional music.
5. She (learn) __________ to play the piano when she (be) _________ six.
6. He (p ay )__________ for his own education at Cambrigde U niversity and
later he (teach) ____________ at this university.
7. W h e n _________ Thomas Edison (die) __________ ? -In 1931.
8. I (rem em ber)_________he (b e)_42 when the People’s Army
of Viet Nam (win) _______ the battle in 1954.
9. W hen they (be) _________ young, they (leav e)_____________ th eir family
and (go) _______;____ to Ho Chi Minh City.
10. He’s famous for (le a d )___________ the People’s Army of Vietnam at Dien
Bien Phu.

VII.

Đọc đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.

W illiam Shakespear is the world’s famous English playw right. He was born
at Stratford-on-Avon in 1564. He m arried Anne H athaw ay w hen he was eighteen
and had three children. After th a t he left his family and went to London to
begin his career as an actor, and later, a playwright. He wrote about th irty
seven plays of all kinds: comedies, tragedies and histories. He retired in 1611
and spent the last years of his life in Stratford. He died in 1616 and was buried
in the church of Stratford.
- playw right (n): nhà soạn kịch

- comedy (n): h à i kịch

1. Who is Shakespear?
2. W hen was he born?
3. Was he born in England?
4. W hen did he m arry?
5. How m any children did he have?
6. How m any plays did he write?
7. W hat kinds of plays did he write?

118

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG AN1I 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

- tragedy (n): bi kịch

8. Did he die at London?
9. How old was he when he died?
10. W here was Shakespear buried?

TEST
FOR
UNIT 16
iZ
■■■•-___Õ
__ ___________
I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vàỡ chỗ trông.
E x: _________ the problem?
a. W hich’s
b. How’s
0
W hat’s
d. W here’s
1. T h e ________ of Đien Bien Phu ended the Indochina War.
a. w ar
b. battle
c. fight
d. force
2. H ans C hristian A ndersen was a _______ author.
a. D enm ark
b. Diane
c. D anish
d. Danese
3. If you are interested in history, you could v i s i t _______ monuments?
a. ancient
b. public
c. m odern
d. traditional
4. The beautiful beaches are the island's m ain _________ .
a. destination b. tradition *
c. attraction
d. scenery
5. J a k a rta is the capital o f _______ .
a. M alaysia
b. M yanmar
c. Indonesia
d. Singapore
6. Most of people _______ live in the area are m em bers of the H ’Mong
ethnic m inority.
a. who
b. when
c. w hat
d. which
7. He wrote the fairy t a l e s _______ 1835 and 1872.
a. before
b. in
c. between
d. from
1
8. Can I borrow your pen? - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
a. You’re welcome.
b. Sure. H ere you are.
c. My pleasure.
d. Why not?
II. Chọn từ thích hợp để điền vàochỗ
trống
well)
1. H o w _is his English? (good/
2. This a rtist likes w earing
_______ clothes, (colorful/colorfully)
3. I’m d r iv in g _____________ because it is raining, (careful/ carefully)
4. The tim e passed very ____________ . (quick/ quickly)
5. They were all
____ dressed, (beautiful/ beautifully)
6. The children seem v e r y _____________at school, (happy/ happily)
7. The local people are a lw a y s_________ to visitors, (hospitable/ hospitably)
8. He visits me ________________ . (occasional/ occasionally)
UNIT 16: PEOPLE AND PLACES

119

III. Cho dạng đúng của tù’ trong ngoặc.
1. Richard Gere is a famous A m erican ____ ;_______ . (act)
2. Thanks for y o u r _____________ _ over the past few weeks (hospitable)
3. South-east Asia has many __________________ . (attract)
4. You can dive and adm ire _____________ corals and fish, (color)
5. Most teenagers don’t like __________ music, (tradition)
6. The country depends 0 1 1 ___________ for much of its income, (tour)
7. Đien Bien Phu is an im p o rta n t________ •
center, (trade)
8. The disw asher is a wonderful ______________ . (invent)
IV. Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.
1. I’m interested _______ badminton. I often play i t _______ Sunday evening.
2. M arie Curie was b o r n ________ Poland ________ 1867.
3. W hen she grew ______she w e n t________ Paris to continue her education.
4. He s tu d ie d ______ _ Oxford University.
5. Charles Dicken was famous _______his novels.
6. The country depends h e a v ily _________ its tourist trade.
7. She is always good
. telling funny stories.
8. He d ie d ________ April 1st, 2000.
V. Hoàn tất đoạn văn với những từ cho sấn trong khung.
many

neighboring

veterans

tourist

Indochina

scenery

local

site

The B attle of Đien Bien Phu ended the (1)_________ War. Today Đien Bien
Phu is a (2)_________ destination. (3)_____________________ visitors are battle (4)____
or members of th eir families. As well as visiting the battle (5)_______ tourists
can enjoy the beautiful (6)___________ of the Muong T hanh Valley, visit the
(7)____________ villages, and share the hospitality of the (8)__________ people.

VI. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F).
M ark Twain is a famous American w riter. His name was Samuel Langhorne
Clemens and M ark Twain was his pen name. He was born on November 30,
1835 in a sm all town near H annibal, Missouri. In 1853 he decided to leave
home and dream ed of becoming a sailor. At 20, he found a job an a boat and
learned the work as a river pilot. In California, he began to w rite short stories
and humorous sketches about camp life. M any professions gave him knowledge
of life and people, and helped him find his true profession - the profession of a
w riter. M ark Twain died on April 21st 1910 from a h e a rt attack.
- pen name (n): bút danh
- profession (n): nghề nghiệp

- humorous sketch (n): m ẩu chuyện vui
- sailor (n): th ủ y thủ
1. M ark Twain was the real name of Samuel Clemens.
_______
2. Twain grew up in Hannibal, Missouri.
______

120

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3. Twain w anted to be a w riter when he was young.
4. Twain did a lot of different jobs before becoming a w riter.
5. Twain died of a h eart attack at the age of 45.

TEST YOURSEL
I. Choose the word which has the underlined letter pronouned differently from
the others. (Chọn từ có mẫu tự gạch dướiphát âm khác với những từ còn !ạL)
b. bicycle
c. poetrỵ
1. a. hỵgiene
d. citỵ
2. a. watched
b. preferred
c. played
d. joined
3. a. scenery
b. center
e. ethic
d. depend
4. a. C hristm as b. character
c. chem istry
d. children
b. library
5. a. pilot
c. village
cL ripe
II. Choose the right word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ đúng đểđiền vào chỗ trống.)
_____ you get on the scales, please? (Do/ Must/ Should/ Would)
1.
2 . Don’t play soccer in the street. It’s very
.__________ . (dangerous/ safe/
im portant/ careful)
3. I had so m e ________
soup for lunch, (vegetable good/ good vegetables/
vegetables good/ good vegetable)
his brother doesn’t. His brother likes
4. Tom likes volleyball, __
soccer, (and/ or/ but/ so)
5. All s p e a k s _______
________ th an Hamid, (more clearly/ clearlier/ more clear/
more clearer)
6. Being a w a r e ____ the risks is the safe way to w ater play, (in/ on/ at/ of)
7. The w ater in th a t river is badly
polluted. You __ drink it. (must
not/ don’t have to/ may not/ will not)
(So do I/
8 . I’d love to see all the countries in the region.
N either would I/ Me too/ Me either)
III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb In brackets. (Cho dạng hoặc thì
đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.)
1. (you be) ________________ at home tomorrow morning?
2 . M any people prefer (fly) ________ to (go) ________ by sea.
3. He (move)________to Paris in 1917 and (spend)________ six years in Paris.
4. I (travel) ____________ by plane for the first tim e last year.
to the late st pop music.
5. Teenagers like (listen) ________
___ this evening?
6 . W h a t ________ you (d o )_______
7. I (g o )__________ swimming every day in order to keep fit.
My friends and I (le a rn )__________________ French at the moment. We
(like) ________ it very much.
UNIT 16: PEOPLE AND PLACES

121

sv. Supply the correct form of the word ill brackets. (Chú dạsĩg đúiỉg của từirong
ngoặcJ
1. He broke two glasses yesterday. He always works v e ry ____________ , (care)
2. She has lots of stam ps in h e r _______________ . (collect)
3. H earing the _________ , the children ran away, (noisy)
4. Many people like to b e __________ and rich, (fame)
5. The villagers are v e r y _______ (friend)
6. I t’s im portant to have a ___________ diet, (health)
7. My ankle is still too ____________ to walk on. (pain)
8. W alking is a fun, easy and _____________ activity, (expensive)

V. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting. (Chọn từ hoặc
cụm từ gạch dưới cẩn sửa,Ị
1. I didn’t enjoy the film because it was very bored.
A

B

c

D

2. She likes cities because she can to go to good libraries.
A
B
C
D
3. Who is the m ost rich person in the world?
A
B
C
D
4. Juan is Spanish, he
is coming from Madrid.
A

B

c

D

5.

W hat kind books do
you like reading?
A
B
c
D
6. The students worked very hardly for th eir final exams.
A

B

c

D

VI. Make question for the underlined words. (Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ gạch dưới)
1. Thomas Edison was
an inventor.
2. General Giap was born in 1911.
3. I t’s 5km from the the school to the beach.
4. It takes about two hours to fly from Sai Gon to Singapore.
5. We ate fish, rice and soup last night.
6. M inh w ent to the dentist yesterday because he had a bad toothache.

VII. Read the passage carefully, then write TRUE (T) or FALSE (F). (Đọc kỹ đoạn
văn, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE)
Lewis Carroll was the pen nam e of Charles Dodgson, the w rite r who wrote
a famous book for children, “A lice’s A dventures in W o n d erlan d ”. C harles
Đodgson was born in E ngland in 1832. W hen C harles finished school, he
122
BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

became a student at Oxford U niversity. He studied m athem atics and late r he
began to teach th is subject at the university. C harles had no family, but he
loved children very much. He often visited his friend, H enry George Liddell.
H enry had th re e little girls and C harles liked Alice most. He often told her
in terestin g stories about the adventures of a little girl in W onderland. Alice
liked th ese stories very much. W hen Alice Liddell was ten years old, she
asked C harles to w rite down these stories for her. The nam e of the little girl
in the stories was Alice, too. Then C harles decided to publish the book and
took the pen nam e of Lewis Carroll.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

wonderland (n) : xứ xở thần tiên
- to publish (v): xu ấ t bản
Lewis Carroll was an English author.
Charles Dodgson was the real name of Lewis Carroll.
Dodgson was a professor of mathematics at Oxford UniversityDodgson had three children and he loved Alice most.
Alice Liddell wrote down the stories.
“Alice’s Adventures in W onderland” is a famous children’s book.

________
________
_______
_______

VIII. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (Viêí lạ i các câu,
bắt đầu bằng các từ cho sấn.) ,
1. You should w ash your hands before meals.
You ought
2. C hildren like picture books very much.
C hildren are interested _________________________________________
3. Michael Jordan plays basketball skillfully.
Michael Jordan i s ______ ___________________________________________ 1!
4. Let’s go to the beach.

' W hy _________________________________________________________ I
5. Helen didn’t pass the test and neither did Bob.
Helen didn’t pass the test and B o b __________________________

6. No buildings in Chicago are as tall as the Sears Tower.
The Sears T o w er_________ ;____________________________________ _

UNIT 16: PEOPLE AND PLACES

123

ĐÊ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I
ĐỂ 1
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others. (0,5 pt)
b. collection
c. expensive
d. address
1. a. different
2 . a. invite
b. miss
c. pastim e
d. stripe
Choose the correct word. (2.5 pts)
1. The books on the shelves at t h e _____
of the library are in English.
(top - shelf - left - back)
2. T h e y _________ _ each other in front of the th ea ter next Saturday, (meet
m eets - will m eet - meeting)
3. Everything in this city is ________ _ th an I thought, (expensive - more
expensive - expensiver more expensive than)
4. Let’s play some games! - ____
__________ . (That’s a good idea - Yes, we do
Thank you - No, we don’t)
5. W here are the children? They .
in the garden, (play - playing
- will play - are playing)
6. Tinh, Hoa and C h i ___________ to school late, (never go - go never - do
never go - don’t never go)
7. W hat a b o u t________ to the movie theater, (to go - going - goes - go)
8. M ai’s younger brother is very g o o d______ repairing things in the house.
(in - on - to - at)
9. W hich of these pens do you prefer? - T h e ________ one. (sm aller - small
- sm allest - the smallest)
10. The m o s t _________after school activities in the USA are baseball,
football and basketball, (active - popular - beautiful - awful)
III. Match the answer ỉn column B with the question in column A. (lpt)
B
a. We usually play basketball.
1. Would you like to have some milk?
2. W hat do you usually do after school?
b. Every morning.
3. How old is Hung’s eldest brother?
c. Fifteen.
4. How often does your father read newspapers? d. I’d love to.
IV. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, (lpt)
I will visit M ai’s farm in the countryside next Sunday. I t’s not very far
(1)_____ Ho Chi M inh City - about 25 kilom eters. M ai’s parents are farm ers.
They grow vegetables and (2)_________ cattle. They work (3)_____ _ on the
job very much.
farm from m orning till night. But they love (4)_
124

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

1.
2.
3.
4.

a. on
a. raise
a. difficult
a. our

b.
b.
b.
b.

in
take care
hard
th eir

c.
c.
c.
c.

at
use
hardly
him

d.
d.
d.
d.

from
collect
easy
her

V. Make question for the underlined words. (2pts)
1. I’d like a cup of coffee.
2. She learns about plants, trees, flowers... in her biology class.
3. It’s about 3 kilom eters from my office to the restaurant.
4. Those shoes cost 100.000 dong.

VL Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE (T) or FALSE (Fh (2pfs)
This is the library in Lihh’s school. I t’s not very large, but it is very nice.
In the lib rary th ere are a lot of books, novels, m agazines, new spapers and
pictures. There is also a study area. The library opens at seven o’clock in the
m orning and close at 4:30 in the afternoon. Linh often goes there. She likes
reading books in the library.
1. The library in Linh’s school is very large and nice.
____ _
2. The students can also come there to study.
_________
3. It only opens in the morning.
______
4. Linh usually reads books in the library.
____ _
VII.Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given, dpt]
1. These computers are very m odem. —> W hat
Ị___
2. Why don’t we listen to pop music. —> W h a t___________________ _____

ĐỂ 2
I. Listen to the conversation between Nga and Hoa, then write TRUE fT) or
FALSE (F) for the following sentences, (lpt)
1. Thu has English classes on Monday and Thursday.
____i
2. Thu’s favorite subject is History.
_______
3. Thu doesn’t have Physical Education classes in this school year. ______
4. Hoa likes studying Math very much.
______
II. Choose the correct word. (2pts).
1. Students have a _after two periods. (30-minute break - 30m inutes break - 30-break m inutes - 30-minute breaks)
ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ

125

2. _________ do you go to the swimming pool? - Every Saturday. (How long
- How far - How often - How much)
3. W hat a b o u t___________ homeless people (help - to help - helps - helping)
4. Nga has English and G eography _______ Friday, (on - in - at - from)
5. W h a t_________ children! (an intelligent - the intelligent - a intelligent
- intelligent)
6. The racks in t h e _________ of the room have picture books, (back - left right - middle)
7. After recess, everyone _________ and classes begin again, (go indoors go outdoors - goes indoors - goes outdoors)
8. My eldest b r o th e r _________ his holiday in N ha Trang. (always spend always spends - spends always - alway spend)

111. Match the answer in column B with the question in column A. dpt)
B
A
a. Ju st a short walk.
1. Should we go home?
b. Ok. We are all tired.
2. W hat about practicing English?
c. Sorry, he’s out.
3. How far is it from here to the m arket?
d. T hat’s a good idea.
4. Can I speak to Mr. Johnson, please?
IV- Put the words in their correct order, dpt)
1. why/ we/ go/ movies/ don’t/ to/ t h e ? ___
2. very/ students/ energetic/ are/ those. _______ ________________________
3. dinner/ like/ come/ would/ to/ house/ you/ to/ for/ my.
4. longer/ the/ year/ lessons/ this/ than/ more/ are/ last year/ difficult/ those/ and.

V. Use the correct verb tense form, (lpt)
1. (The children/ write) _____________ _
a dictation at the moment?
2. Ba is very good at (fix) ______________ things in the house.
3. We (have) ___________
a test tomorrow morning.
somewhere for a drink!
4. Let’s (g o )________
VL Make question for the underlined words* dpt)
1. This bag costs 150.000 dong. ____________________
2. It’s about 126 km from here to Vung Tau.
3. I’d like a cup of tea , p le a s e .____________
4. Minh has English classes on Wednesday morning. _

126

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP


_____________

VII. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, there is an extra word.
smaller - misses - in - by - with

M inh is my new classmate. He is now staying (1)______ his brother in Ha
Noi, but he’s from Bac Giang Town and his parents still live there. M inh’s
brother house is (2)________ than his house in Bac Giang. And it is on Xuan
Thuy Street. Our school is in the center of Ha Noi, so it’s about 8 kilom eters
from his new house to school. Everyday M inh goes to school (3)______ bike.
M inh is unhappy because he doesn’t have m any friends in Ha Noi. He also
(4)________ his parents and his friends in Bac Giang.

VIII. Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE or FALSE for the
following sentences, dpt)
Hi! I’m Lan. We go to school six days a week and we have a lot of subjects
at school such as M ath, L rteratire, English, Geography, History and so on. I
always try my best to study all especially English because it’s my favorite
subject. M ath is a little difficult but interesting. I don’t like L iterature very
much because the teacher gives us so m any exercises. I’m not very good at
Computer Science, so I really afraid of this subject. Physics, Geography, and
H istory are the m ost useful subjects to me. We learn about the world, about life
and nature. I’m ra th e r interested in these subjects.
1. Lan has 2 day-off a week.
__________
2. Lan’s favorite subject is Literature.
_________
3. Lan thinks M ath is an interesting subject.
_________
4. She always gets good m arks in Computer Science class. _________ :
IX. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given, ilp tl
1. The brown sk irt is more expensive th an the blue one.

-> The blue s k i r t _________ _ ___________ ________________________ _
2. W hich is Lien’s favorite subject?
-» W hich subject d o e s ________ ____________________________________ ___

ĐỂ3
I.

Listen to the conversation between Lan and Hoa, then write TRUE (T) or
FALSE (F) for the following sentences. (1 pt)
1. Hoa’s parents are farm ers.
_______
2. Hoa has a sister and a brother.
_______
3. Hoa’s m other works very hard.
_______
4. H er sister is 8 years old.
_______
ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ

127

SL Choose the correct word. f2pts|
2 kilom eters, (often 1. H o w _______ is it from her school to her house?
far long - much)
______ a comfortable apartm ent here, (to find - finding
2 . It’s not e a s y _____
- found - finds)
living room it is! (loves - lovely - love - loving)
3. W hat a _____
____ August 15th. (on - in - at - from)
4. M ary’s birthday is _____
This
is
t
h
e
__________house
in my neighborhood, (new er - new est 5.
more new - m ost new)
6 . Would you like some tea, David? - __________ . (Ok, I do some - Yes, I
would - Yes, I’m - Great, I’d love some)
7. ___________ come to the Science Club now. (Why don’t - Why not - Let’s
- W hat about)
Ba learns to play the guitar. (On his free tim e - In his
free tim e - To have free tim e - W hen have free time)

Hi. Match the sentence in column B with the sentence in column A* d p t)
B
A
a. Thank you. It’s very nice of you to say so.
1. In biology,
b. Once a month.
2. Let’s go to the cafeteria!
c. We study about plants and anim als
3. W hat an am azing garden!
4. How often do you go to the movie? d. Frn Sony. I have too many assignments.
IV. Put the words in their correct order- (lp t)
1. is/ Mai/ experim ents/ in/ interested/ making.
2. because/ parents/ is/ she/ Nguyet/ m isses/ unhappy/ her.
3. kitchen/ please/ pieces/ take/ would/ the/ toast/ you/ these/ of/ into?
4. most/ is/ house/ which/ for/ the/ and/ family/ suitable/ Mr Lam/ his?

V. Use the correct verb tense form, dpt)
1. We (not g o ) ______________ to the cinema very often.
2. r d like (have) ________ _____some eggs and bread for breakfast.
3. Lien (not visit) _______ ______ the History museum tomorrow.
4. W hat about (meet) _ ________ at 7:00 in front of the park?
VI. Make question for the underlined words, (lpt}
1. We should eat a lot of vegetables.

128

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANIĨ 7 © PHAN BÀI TẬP

2. My friend will go to Mexico next Sunday m orning.
3.

The dentist takes care of people’s teeth.

4.

Yes, Ĩ do. I like Geography, it’s difficult but interesting.

VII.Complete the passage with the most suitable words, there is an extra word, (lpt)
in - than - an - more - there

Let me tell you som ething about my family. My father is sixty-four. He’s a
lot older (1)
_____ my m other. She is only fifty one. Both Dad and Mum
work in an office. I have two brothers, so (2)_________ are five of us altogether
in the fam ily. The oldest is my b rother Thom as. H e’s tw enty-eight. He is
m arried and has two children. The second oldest is Peter. He’s twenty. He’s
(3 )____ _ accountant and he works in a bank. Then th ere ’s me. I’m twelve. I’m
(4 )________grade 7.

VIII- Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE or FALSE for the
following sentences, dpt)
How m any calories do you burn in an hour? Well, it all depends on the
activity. You use calories all the tim e, even when you are resting. Reading,
sleeping, sitting, and sunbathing all use about 60 calories an hour.
Very light activities use 75 calories. Examples are eating, w riting, knitting,
shaving, driving and w ashing up. Light activities which use about 100 calories
an hour include playing the piano, getting dressed and having a shower. W alking,
doing housework, shopping and skating use between 100 and 200 calories an
hour. E nergetic activities use about 200 - 400 calories. These include horse
riding, cycling, swimming, skipping and dancing. Finally there are strenuous
activities which use up to 600 calories an hour. These activities include climbing
stairs, jogging, digging the garden and playing soccer.
1. The amount of calories we use an hour depends on
the activity we do.
2. Reading uses as m any calories as writing.
3. The calories we burn for cycling and dancing are the same.
4. W hen we are sleeping we don’t burn calories.

______
___ i___
______
______

IX. Rewrite these sentences, bgirming with the words given, (lpt)
1. There is a table, a chair, a bed and a wardrobe in the room.
-» The ro o m ________________________________ ______________________
My h o u se__________________ ________________
ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ

129

ĐE KIEMTRA HỌC KY II
ĐÊ 1

_

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others. (0,5 pt)
1. a. diver
b. river
c. m achine
cL visit
2. a. decided
b. wanted
c. scared
d. needed
II. Choose the correct word. (2pts)
1. My younger sister lik e s ______ _ TV in her free time, (watch - watching
- watches - watched)
2. _________ was she late for school? - Because she got up late. (What How - Why - When)
3. We m ust follow
:______ _ all the signs at the swimming pool, (strict
- free - freely - strictly)
4. They went to the movies last night, th eir p a r e n ts __________ . (did, too
- did either - do, too - went, too)
5. Driving too fast is v e r y ______ ■
(danger - dangerous - dangerously safely)
6. We should c h e c k _______ our health twice a year, (up - in - for - out)
7. Coughing, sneezing... are t h e __________ of common cold, (events activities - diseases - symptoms)
8. Sorry! I can’t go there because I have an __________ w ith Ba at 2.30
this afternoon, (arrangem ent - occasion - appointm ent - opportunity)
III. Match the answer III column B with the question in column A. í 1pt)
B
A
I’d
love
to.
W hat time?
a.
1. W hy d id n ’t Ba come to class
yesterday?
b. I feel terrible. I have an awful
2. Would you like to go to the club
headache.
with me?
c. Because he had a bad cold.
3. W h a t s p o r ts do A m e ric a n
teenagers like best?
4. W hat’s the m atter w ith you?
d. Baseball and skateboarding.
IV. Use the correct verb tense form. (2pts)
1. The rain (start) __________ a few m inutes ago. The sky is clear now.
2. W here (Mary usually g o )___________________ on the weekends?
3. Nga prefers (take) _____________ part in sports activities.
4. I’d like (invite) ___________ you to my fath er’s birthday party.
130

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

IV. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (1,5 ptsl
1. Nam can’t drive a car, and neither can his sister.
Nam can't drive a car, and h i s ___________ _________________
2. W hat’s your height?
How __________
3. Let’s visit Uncle Ho’s mausoleum.
How about ____________________________ _____________ _
VI. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, (lpt)
A football m atch often (1)___________ two parts. Each p a rt is forty-five
minutes. The first p art is the first half and the second p art is the second half.
There is a fifteen-minute ( 2 ) _ ______ _ between the two halves.
There are two team s in a football (3)_______ . Each football team has eleven
players, including a goal-keeper. The players on the ground try to kick the ball
into the other’s goal. The team which scores more goals (4)______ the match.
1. a. having
b. have
c. to have
d. has
2. a. recess
b. break
c. tim e
d. half
3. a. competition
tx contest
c. m atch
d. m eeting
4. a. won
b. winning
c. wins
d. win
VII. Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE (T) or FALSE (F). {2pts)
Today television plays an im portant part in m any people’s lives. It informs
people of current events, the latest developments of science and politics. It also
offers m any different program s th a t are both amusing and educative. There are
good program s for children such as “The Garden of Fairy Tales”, and cartoon
films, which draw adults’ attention, too. “Show Me The Funny” is one of the
m any people’s favorite program s. People often laugh happily w hen they see
this program . There is also a variety of story films, and you can m ake free
choice of the films you like watching in a certain TV channel.
1.
2.
3.
4.

We can learn a lot from television.
______
Television shows both amusing and educative p r o g r a m s . ______
There aren ’t any program s for children.
___ ^ __
Ju st some viewers like watching “Show Me The Funny”.
______

ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ

131

ĐỀ 2

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others. (0,5pt)
1. a. disease
b. sw eater
c. m easure
d.
pleasant
2. a. worked
b. forced
c. visited
d.
laughed
II. Choose the correct word. (2.5 pts)
1. How ______ is the school bag? - 250,000 dong, (many - much - long - far)
2. Some teenagers e n jo y ____________ . (roller skate - roller-skating - roller
skates - to roller skate)
3. My neighbor took care _______ our cat while we were away on holiday.
(of - to - for - on)
4. They
_a lot of souvenirs for
their parents yesterday, (buy - buying
bought -will buy)
5. M inh has a c a v ity ________ he eats too much chocolate and candy, (for to - because - so)
6. People can explore the ocean floor in a _________ . (subm arine - ship boat - plane)
7. ___________ ! The teacher is coming. (Not shout - Don’t shout - Aren’t
shout - Didn’t shout)
8.
_____ _ your friend at the airport tomorrow? (You will m eet - Do
you m eet - You m eet - Will you meet)
9. The post office is __________ the bank and the bookshop, (among - in
front - between - next)
10. We didn’t __________to Hoa’s birthday party last week, (went - go going - to go)
III. Match the sentence in column B with the sentence in column A. (lpt)
B
A
1. T h e y d id n ’t go c a m p in g l a s t a. No, let’s not. I t’s dangerous.
Saturday.
2. Would you lend me your mobile b. W h a t a b o u t g o in g to th e
phone?
swimm ing pool?
3. It’s too hot now.
c. And neither did my brother.
4. Let’s swim across the river.
d. Sorry. I need it.
IV. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (2pts)
1. H e-plays volleyball skillfully.
-» He’s ___________________________________________________
2. Children shouldn’t stay up late.
-> Children o u g h t_________________________________________
132

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3.
—»
4.
. —»

Lan and Chi ate too much cakes last night.
Lan ate too much cakes last night and so __
W hat was her weight last year?
How m u ch ______________________

V. Make question for the underlined words. (2pts)
1. It’s 5km from here to Ben Thanh m arket.
2. I’d like some m ilk for breakfast.
3. Quang got good m arks because he learned his lesson carefully.
4. My father was there for two weeks.

VI. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, (lpt)
We all w ant to be (1)
but m any of us don’t know how to keep fit. We
just do anything we like without (2)__________ th a t some things we do may be
harmful to our health. Here a re some advice for you: Get up early every m orning
and don’t stay up late. And rem em ber to do m orning exercises. E ating too much
candy is not good (3)________ your teeth, so keep away from candy and brush
your teeth at least twice a day. You (4)_________ lie and watch TV all day
because you can be fatter. And rem em ber to wash your hands before meals.
1. a. health
b. healthful
c. healthy
d. healthily
2. a. to know b. knowing
c. know
d. knew
3. a. for
b. about
c. on
d. to
4. a. aren ’t
b. oughtn’t
c. not
d. shouldn't
!
VII. Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE or FALSE, (lpt)
Baseball is the m ost popular sport in Am erica now. W here did baseball
come from? No one knows for sure. Many people believe th a t the idea came
from a game played by children in England. O ther people believe th a t a m an
nam ed B anner Doubleday invented the game in Cooperstown, New York in
1831. The first team s played only for fun, not money. But baseball was very
popular from the start. The first professional team appeared in 1869.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Am ericans don’t like playing baseball any more.
They invented baseball in 1869.
Lots of people enjoyed it from the beginning.
At first, they played baseball just for fun.

_________
_________
______ _
__:

ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ

133

ĐẼ 3
Ị. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others. (0,5pt)
1. a. weighed
b. checked
c. balanced
d. polished
2. a. scales
b. cartoons
c. dentists
d. symptoms
II. Choose the correct word. (2pts)
1. C h i________ a new pair of shoes yesterday, (buys - bought - was bought
- is going to buy)
2. This is a v e ry ________ football match, (interest - interested - interesting
- interestingly)
3. H ow ______ does this dress cost? - 200.000 dong, (much - many - often - long)
4. Oxford is the __________ university ill the world, (most oldest - older old - oldest)
5. M inh is always late for school, he o u g h t____________up late, (to not stay
- not to stay - no stay - stay not)
6. I’d l i k e __________ some orange juice, (having - have - to have - had)
7. T h e y __________ a new video game next month, (will introduce - introduce
- introducing - introduced)
8. JVty younger brother is very interested _______ studying history, (at in - on - about)
ill. Match the sentence (answer) in column B
column A. (lpt)
A
1. Mrs Hoang prefers ice-cream.
a.
2. Chi’s aunt is overweight.
b.
3. W hat’s wrong w ith Lien?
c.
4. Would you please lend me your
d.
dictionary?

with the sentence (question) in
B
She should run every day.
Sorry. I need it.
And so does her child.
She has a stomachache.

IV. Put the words in their correct order, (lpt)
1. eat/ rem em ber/ we/ to sensibly/ must.
2. Hoa/ used/ the/ to/ will/ life/ soon/ in/ get/ city.
3. like/ dinner/ house/ would/ have/ tonight/ you/ at/ to/ my?
4. wash/ more/ ought/ the/ carefully/ you/ to/ vegetables.

134

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

V. Make question for the underlined words, ilp tl
1. It took Lan th irty m inutes to finish this test.
2. I felt sick after eating th a t food.
3. We should play sports to keep our bodies fit.
4. Simon is in a lot of pain now because he has a toothache.

VI. Complete the passage with the most suitable words. (l.Spts)
You have problem s w ith your (1)______? You th in k th a t you are too short?
You easily feel tired? How to solve these problem s? Very sim ple, ju st play
sports.
W alking is the sim p lest,sport for you. You may th in k th a t it’s so boring, but
you can enjoy w alking (2)_______ talking w ith friends. Ju st walk to school
every day, you’ll discover th a t your health is b etter day by day. If you don’t
have much tim e, you can ride your bike (3)______ school. Riding a bicycle is
also good exercise. If you w ant to be taller, why don’t you try swimming? But
remember to be careful (4)_______ deep swimming pools can be very (5)__________ .
Basketball and volleyball can also help you improve your height.
You don’t need to be skillful at these sports, just play them to get a (6)____ life.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

a.
a.
a.
a.
a.
a.

weigh
b. weighed
and
b. but
during
b. to
because of b. because
danger
b. dangerously
health
b. unhealthy

c.
c.
e.
c.
c.
c.

weight
than
on
when
dangerousness
healthy

d.
d.
d.
d.
d.
d.

weighs
from ,
at
'
why
dangerous
healthily

VII. Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE or FALSE for the following
sentences.
T hank you for calling the N orth London Arts Cinema. It opens 7 days a
week, showing a variety of B ritish and foreign films. Next week we still show
an Italian film called “M idnight M eeting”. It is set in M ilan in the 1950s. You
can see th a t film from Monday to Thursday. It will be on twice a day in the
evenings. T hat’s a t 6:45 and 9:15. The film lasts two hours and fifteen minutes.
Tickets are 4 Pounds, but th ere is a special student ticket a t 2.80 Pounds.
Please bring your student card if you w ant the cheaper ticket.
ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ

135

1. “M idnight M eeting” is on at the North London Arts Cinem a

next week.
2. This film is from France.
3. We can see it at 6.45pm or 9.15am.
4. You can buy cheaper tickets if you are students.

VIII. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (2pts)
1. W hat’s your daughter’s age?

-» H ow ____ ;______ /V ______________________________
2. Minh. w asn ’t at hom e la st night, and neither w ere h is parents.
-> M in h w asn’t a t hom e la s t n ig h t, a n d h is ______________________
3. Thanh speaks E nglish fluently.
T h a n h i s _______
4. N am lik es staying at home better than going to the zoo.
-» N am p r e fe r s _____ ______________________________________________

HẾT PHAN BÀI TẬP

136

BÀI TẤP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

ĐÁP Á N
UNIT 1)
I.

1 nice
2. parent

3. different
4. happy

5. busy
6. pretty

II.

1. Thank you

2. friend

3. miss

7. miss
8. meet

I II . 1. My name is Tuan. I'm from Hue.
2. My name is Mai. I'm from Nha Trang.
3. My name is Michèle. I'm from Paris.
4. My name is Susan. I'm from New York.
5. My name is Phorig. I’m from Ho Chi Minh City.
6. My name is Yoko. I'm from Tokyo.
IV.

1. His name is Tuan. He's from Hue.
2. Her name is Mai. She's from Nha Trang.
3. His name is Michèle. He's, from Paris.
4. Her name is Susan. She's from New York.
5. His name is Phong. He's from Ho Chi Minh City.
6. Her name is Yoko. She's from Tokyo.

V.

1. Lan is taller than Hoa.
2. This book is thicker than that book.
3. The chair is shorter than the table.
4. These boxes are bigger than those boxes.
5. Miss Trang is younger than her sister.

,

6. These buildings are higher than those buildings.
7. The boys are stronger than the girls.

,

8. I am older than my brother.
VI.

1. much
2. much

3. a lo t/lo ts
4. lots/ a lot

5. many
6. a lot/ lots

7. many
9. much
8. a lot/ lots 10. much - many

VII. live - lives - has - doesn't have - are - is - has- doesn't have - is

-

misses

VIII. a. Phong : Hello. My name is Phong.
Nam : Nice to meet you, Phong. I am Nam. Are you a new student?
Phong : Yes. I'm in class 7A.
N am
b. Ba
Nam

: Oh, so am I.
: Hi, Nam.
: Hi, Ba. Nice tosee you again. This is our new classmate.
His name's Phong.
ĐÁPÁN

137

Ba

: Nice to meet you, Phong.

Phong : Nice to meet you.

I.
II.

7. post office

1. address
2. family name

3. middle name
4. bus stop

5. market
6. movie theater

8. distance

1. bus stop
2. post office

3. address
4. family name

5. middle name
6. market

7. distance
8. movie theater

III. 1. How far is it from school to her house? -It’s about 100 m eters.
2. How far is it from the post office to the movie theater? -It's about two kilometers.
3. How far. is it from your house to Ben Thanh market?
-It's about five kilometers.
4. How far is it from the bookstore to the restaurant? -It's about 500 meters.
5. How far is it from Lan's house to the zoo? -It's about three kilometers.
6. How far is it from your school to the library? -It's about one kilometer.
IV. 1. How does Nam go to the post office? -He goes to the post office by bike.
2. How do Nga and Lan go to school? -They go to school by school bus.
3. How does your father travel to Ha Noi? -He travels to Ha Noi by plane.
4. How do the children go to the zoo? -They go to the zoo by bus.
5. How do you and your friends go to the stadium? -We go to the stadium on foot.
6. How does Mrs Lien go to the market? -She goes to the market by motorbike.
V.

1. What

3. Where

5. How far

2. How old

4. Who

6. How

VI. Miss Thanh:

7. Wliat time
8. Why

Good morning. What is your name?

Miss Thanh: What is your family name?
Miss Thanh: How old are you, Phuong?
Miss Thanh: Where do you live?
Miss Thanh: How far is it from your house to school?
Miss Thạnh: How do you go to school?

I.

1. c

II.

1. has

3. is talking

2. is - misses

4. Are you - am

III. 1. c

2. b

2. g

3. a

3. b

4. c

4. f

5. b

5. a

6. b

6. d

2,. Where does your classmate live?
3. She doesn't have any friends in Ha Noi.
BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN ĐÁP ÁN

8. d

5. is - doesn't have
6. walk - am riding

IV. 1. How far is it from your house to your school?

138

7. a

7. e

8. h

7. don't go
8. do...live

f

4. Her new school has a lot of students.
5. Hoa lives with her uncle and aunt in Ha Noi.
V.

- Hello, Phong.
- Hello, Nga. Nice to see you again.
- Nice to see you. How are you?
- Fine, thanks. This is our new classmate. His name is Minh.
- Nice’to m eet you, Minh.
- Nice to meet you, too.

VI. 1. new
3. with
5. go
'
7. any
2. still
4. far 6. a lot of
8. miss
A n sw ers:
1. His full name is Nguyen Minh Trung.
2. Yes, he is.
<
3. He's from Da Nang.
4. He is living with his grandparents.
5. His address is 21/3B Nguyen Trai Street.
6. It's about one kilometer.
7. He goes to school by bike.
8. He is unhappy because he doesn’t have any friends and he misses his parents,
his sisters and his friends in Da Nang.

Vi-

I.

UNIT

1. home address

3. perspnal information
4. telephone directory

2. telephone number
II.

infor’mation

telephone

'different

personal

directory

'num ber

to'm orrow

'/noment

’araswer

'theater

I II. 1. We'll fly to Nha Trang in June.
2. The meeting will take place at 6p.m.
3. It’ll snow in the mountains tomorrow evening.
4. Hoa will have lots of friends soon.
5. I'll come after lunch.
6. He'll see you tomorrow afternoon.
7. My father will be free a t 7.30 this evening.
8. They’ll arrive a t about 4p.m.
IV. 1. Will - will

3. Will - won't

5. Will - won't

2. W ill-w on ’t
V. 1. W hat

4. W ill-w ill
3. Where

6. Will - will
5. How

4. What time

6. When

2. Who

'

7. Will - won't
8. Will - will
7. Why
8. Where
ĐÁP ÁN

139

VI. - Hello. This is 8 6.30 842.
- Hello. Can I speak to Trang?
- I'm sorry. She's out at' the moment. Who is calling?
- This is Nga. When will she come back?
- She'll be back at about half past four.
- All right. Please tell her I'll call again at five.
- OK. I'll tell her.
- Thank you. Goodbye.
- Bye.
VII. 1. Is
2. Who 3. Will

I.

II.

4. April

7.

2. February
3. March

5. May
6. June

8.
August
9. September

1st
2nd
3rd
5th

first
second
third
fifth

IV. 1. go
2. will cook

32nd thirty-second

3. October 25th
4. July 31st

3. will be
4. live

5. December 12th
6. February 8th

5. will have
6. brushes

7. will come
8. will have

3. We won't come ...
Will we/ you come ...?
4. He won't see ...
Will he see ...?

8. in

9. at

10. on

How old áre you, Hoa?
What is your date of birth?
What is your address?/ Where do you live?
What is your telephone number?

Mr. Tan

Who do you live with?

Q
1. play

5. Jan e won’t be busy ...
Will Jane be busy ...?
6. I won't come ...
Will you come ...?

6. on 7. a t - in

Mr. Tan
Mr. Tan

II.

9. will invite
10. watches

Good morning. What is your name?

Mr. Tan
Mr. Tan

1. c

11. November
12. December

20th twentieth

VI. 1. on 2. from - to 3. on 4. ajt 5. in

I.

10. October

21st twenty-first
27th twenty-seventh
30th thirtieth

1. My mother won t go ...
Will your mother go ...?

VII. Mr. Tan

July

8. see

9th ninth
12th twelfth
19th nineteenth

2. They won't meet ...
Will they meet ...?

2. b

3. a

4. a

a

B

5. c

3. is - is talking

2. Will you be - will do
140

6. When 7. at

1. January

III. 1. September 19th
2. May 2nd

V.

4. Would 5. Where

4. won’t come

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN DẨP ÁN

B
6. a

7. b

8. a

5. will have
6. doesn’t call - calls

7. to see
8. meet

III. 1. What’s your name?
2. How old are you?
3. What's your date of birth?
4. What's your address?
IV

5. What’s your telephone number?
6. How far is it from your house to school?
7. How do you go to school?
8. Who do you live with?

3. She isn’t out...
Is she out...?

1. Mai doesn't play ...
Does Mai play ...?
2. I won't be at home...

4. We .don’t often have... 6. The students aren’t sitting...

Will you be at home...?
V.

5. They won't go ...
Will' they go ...?

Do you often have...?

Are the students sitting...?

1. Nga’s address is 14 Nguyen Tri Phuong Street.
2. H er telephone number is 38 290 374.
3. She is thirteen years old now.
4. Her date of birth is on July first.
5. No, she won't. She'll have a small party for her birthday.
6. She will invite some best friends.
7. They will eat pizza, fried chicken,cake andthey will drink Coke.
8. The party will last three hours.

VI. 1. Hoa
2. July 1st

3. 14 Nguyen ,Tri PhuongStreet

5. eight

7. Coke

4. five

6. pizza

8. fun

UNIT 3 )
I.
II.
III.

1. sink

3. comfortable

5. convenient 7. apartment -9. expensive

2. awful

4. refrigerator

6. delicious

1. kitchen

3. washing machine

5. modern

2. interesting

4. favorite

6. dishwasher 8. delicious

’awful
re'/hgerator

comfortable

e xpensive

a'pariment

com 'plaint

convenient

'interesting

de'Zicious

IV. 1. in
V.

8. beautiful

2. to

3. on

4. in

5. behind

7. lovely
am azing
'ferrible
'compliment

6. near

1. What an intelligent boy!

5. What delicious cakes!

2 What fresh milk!

6. What terrible weather!

3. What naughty students!

7. What a lovely view!

4. What an exciting trip!

8. What bright rooms!

7. under

8. in

VI. 1. Is there a dog under the table? -Yes, there is.
2. Are there any books on the bookshelf? -Yes, there are.
3. Are there any flowers in the garden? -No, there aren't.
4. Is there a refrigerator near the kitchen table? -No, there isn't.

ĐÁP ÁN

141

5. Are there any arm chairs in front of the television? -Yes, there are.
6. Is there a ball on the floor? -Yes, there is.
7. Are there any stools in the living room? -No, there aren't.
8. Is there a tub in the bathroom? -No, there isn't.
V II.

1. apartment

2. not
A n sw ers:

3. comfortable

5. bathroom

7. everything 9. wonderful

4. rooms
6. tub
8. large
10.
1. Minh lives in a lovely apartment in Ho Chi Minh City.

really

2. There are five rooms in his apartm ent.
3. There are a sink, a tub,and a shower in the bathroom.
4. Yes, there is.
5. No, it isn’t. It isn’t large, but it's very bright.
6. Yes, he does. He likes his apartm ent very much.
I.
II.

1. b

2. g

3. e

4. f

5. a

6. d

7. c

1. a teacher

3. painters

5. a musician

2. a dentist

4. a farmer

6. a doctor

7. a journalist
8. an engineer

I II. - Nouns: party, dress, apartm ent, dinner, tub, vegetables, family.
- A djectives: high, interesting, expensive, lovely, awful, cheap, good, big, suitable.
IV.

1. W hat awful weather!

4. W hat colorful pictures!

2. What a delicious meal!

5. What an expensive dress!

3. W hat a clever boy!
V.

6. W hat sour milk!

1. more expensive than

4. hotter than

2. faster than

5. more beautiful than

8. more convenient than

3. more modern than

6. cheaper than

9. worse than
10. cleverer than

VI. 1. the longest
2. the most interesting
3. the biggest
VII. 1. class

2. in

7. better than

4.
the best
5. the most beautiful
6.

the coldest

7. the fastest
8. the most important
9. the happiest
10. the worst

3. Works

5. near

7. grade

4., care

6. Her

8. love

*True or False
1. F

I.
II.

14 2

2. T

1. c

2. b

3. F

3. a

4. T

4. b

5. b

5. T

6. a

1. don’t go

4. is looking

2. won’t be

5. are

3. works

6. working/ to work

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHẦN đ á p á n

6. T

7. b

8. a

7. to find
8. will call

III. 1.
2.
3.
4.

W hat are there in the bathroom? 5. Where do they work?
Are therè any books on the table? 6. Is there a refrigerator in the kitchen?
Who is the oldest in your family?
What does he do?

IV

1. on - in

2. of

V.

1. better than
2. the cleverest

3. on

4. at - a t

3. more expensive than
VI.

1. from
2. teaches

3. near
4. empty

7. Which (city) is bigger: Ha Noi or Hue?
8. Which is the newest apartment?
5. in

6. from - till

7. a t

8. of

4. farther/ further... than

7. the largest,

5. the most important
6. heavier than

8. hotter than

5. expensive
6. also

7. cheapest
8. most

A n sw ers:
,
1. Mr. Robinson is an English teacher.
2. He is from the USA.
3. He is looking for an apartm ent.
4. The cheapest apartment is the last one.
5. The first apartm ent is the most expensive.
6. The most suitable apartment, for Robinson’s family is the smallest of the three.
It has a bright living room, two bedrooms and a large, modern kitchen.

TEST YOURSELF
I.

1.

2. c

3. a

4. a

II.

1.

3. far

5. What
6. Let’s

7. best

8, on
2.
3. go - will catch 5. won’t go - will go
7.
to visit
III. 1.
is playing
6. is...doing - is cooking 8.
taking I
2.
IV. 1. What's his telephone number? 5. How old will she be on her next birthday?
2. How far is it from your house

6: What does your father do?

to the movie theater?
3. When will you go camping?
4. What's her date of birth?
2. d
3. a
4. b
1.

7. Where do they live?
8. Who is John talking to?

VI. 1.

3. personal

5. f
6. e
5. amazing

2.

4. unhappy

6. information

V.

VII. 1.
2.
3.
4. His address is 2/34 Nguyen Trai Street.

/

5. No, it isn't.
6. There are five rooms.
7. There are flowers and plants in the yard.
8. Yes, he does.

ĐÁP ÁN

143

UNIT 4 I
I.

1. Math
2. History

3. Physics
4. Music

5. Geography
6. Physical Education

II.

1. What time is it? -It's eight twenty-five./ It's twenty-five past eight.
2. What time is it? -It's nine forty-five./ It's a quarter to ten.
3. What time is it? -It's ten five./ It's five past ten.
4. What time
is it? -It's eleven fifteen./ It's a quarterpasteleven.
5. What time
is it? -It's seven fifty./It's ten to eight.
6. What time is it? -It's six forty./ It's twenty to seven.
7. W hat time is it? -It's twelve o'clock.
8. What time is it? -It's five thirty./ It's half past five.

III. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What time do they have English? - They have English at eight forty.
What time does Nga go to bed? - She goes to bed at half past ten/ ten thirty.
What time do you have dinner? - 1 have dinner at a quarter to seven/ six forty-five.
What time does he study Math? - He studies Math at three twenty-five.
What time do the students have a break?
-They have a break at a quarter past nine/ nine fifteen.
6. What time does your father go home from work?
He goes home from work at ten past five.
7. What time do classes start? -They start at seven o'clock.
8. What time does Hoa have Physics class?
-She has Physics class at nine fifty.

IV. 1. My father is watching television at the moment.
2. We are walking to school right now.
3. They are studying Geography at this time.
4. He is listening to the radio now.
5. Nam and Nga are having lunch at present.
6. Miss Lien is playing the piano.
7. The girls are eating breakfast at the canteen now.
8. I am doing my homework a t present.
V.

144

1. What are you studying? -I am studying English.
2. What is Minh learning? -He is learning History.
3. What are the boys playing? -They are playing soccer.
4. What is your mother cooking? -She is cooking potato soup.
5. What are Phong and Ba doing? -They are doing their homework.
6. What is he growing? -He is growing vegetables.
7. What is Mai reading? -She is reading a picture book.
8. What,are they watching? -They are watching a new movie.
BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN ĐÁP ÁN

'

VI. 1. What
2. Where
VII. 1. timetable
2. Physics
I.

1. dictionary
7. library

III. 1. on
IV. 1. f
V.

5. When

7. How many

4. What time

6. What

8. How

3. What time

5. will

7. an

4. classes

6. favorite

8. too

5. Biology
6. Literature

7. dictionary
8. novel

3. Physics

1. Geography
2. Chemistry

II.

3. Who

4. Science

2. author
3. card index
8. uniform

2. in
2. g

3. on - in

4. on - to

3. a

4. e

- Good morning.

9. What
10. How often

4. racks

5. title

6. librarian

5. at

6. in

7. in

8. of

5. h

6. b

7. c

8. d

,

- Good morning. Can I help you?
- Yes. Where can I find' the math books, please?
- They're on the shelves on the left.
- Do you have magazines and newspapers here?
- Yes. They're on the racks -in the middle.
- Thank you very much.
- You are welcome.
VI. has - isn’t - are - is - opens - closes - isn't - goes - is sitting - is reading
A n sw ers: 1. No, it doesn’t.
2. There are lots of books, novels, readers, magazines,
newspapers, dictionaries, pictures etc. in the library.
3. No, it isn’t. The library is open from 7 am to 4.30 pm.
1

4. It's about 500 m eters.
5. Nam goes to the library every afternoon.

;

6. Nam is reading a geography book in the study area.

m
2. b

3. c

4. a

,

m
5. c

1. a

II.

1. are ... doing - are reading 3. are waiting 5. to play

7. don’t use

2. will arrive

8. find

4. goes

6. b

7. c

8. a

I.

6. is going to travel

III. 1. What time is it?
2. When dò we/ -you have Chemistry?
3. W hat tim e does your family have lunch?
4. Where are they playing soccer?
5. W hat is Quang studying?
6. How are the children going to the museum?
ĐẨP ÁN

145

7. How many books does the school library have?
8. Where can I find newspapers?
IV. 1. interesting
2. difficulty
V. ' 1. F

3. activities
4. employees

2. F

3. T

5. fastest
6. better

4. F

5. T

7. boring
8. unpopular

6. T

7. T

V I. 1. W hat’s your address?
2. The red dress is more expensive than the blue one.
3. Nam is the tallest student in his class.
4. We have a thirty-minute break.
5. W hat’s your date of birth?
6. It’s not easy to find an apartment in Ha Noi

UNIT 5 I
I.

1. g

2. e

II.

1. Geography

3. Physics

5. Biology

7. History

2. Electronics

4. Math

6. Art

8. Literature

III. 'different
experim ent

3. d

4. b

5. c

com puter 'c/ỉemistry

6. a

7. f

geography 'science bi'ology

appliance re'/Hgerator '/íịerature

'physics 'history

IV. 1. What do you learn in Music? -I learn how to sing and play the piano.
2. W hat does Lan learn in History?
- She learns past events in Viet Nam and around the world.
3. W hat do they learn in English?
- They learn how to speak, listen, read and write in English.
4. W hat does Ba learn in Electronics?
- He learns how to repair household appliances.
5. What do we learn in Computer Science? -We learn how to use a computer.
6. What do Nam and Nga learn in Physical Education?
- They learn how to keep fit.
V.

is - works - goes - comes - travels - enjoys - learns - play - are - is playing - are listening

VI. 1. at 2. grade 3. from 4. Classes 5. finish 6. interested 7. Computer Science 8. last
A n sw ers: 1. Mai goes to Quang Trung school.
2. She is in grade 7.

>.

3. She goes to school six days a week, from Monday to Saturday.
4. Classes start at seven o'clock and end at a quarter past eleven.
5. Today Mai has four classes. They are English, Geography,
Computer Science and Physics. ,
I

146

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẨNĐÁPÁN

6. Mai like Computer Science best.
7. She thinks Geography is difficult and so is English.
8. Mai does some experiments in Physics class.
I.

1. recess
2. happy

3. excited
4. chat

5. relax
6. activity

7. penpal
8. energetic

9. portable

II.

- Subjects: history, computer science, máth, physics, literature, biology.
- T hings : atlas, calculator, bell, ball, earphones, guitar.
- A ctivities: catch, skip rope, marble; basketball, blindman's buff, soccer.

I II . 1. I often go to the English club.
2. They usually play catch at recess.
3. The school yard is always noisy at recess.
4. He don't often go swimming on the weekend.
5. Where do you usually go on your holiday?
6. Nam is never late for school.
7. Does she always skip rope at recess?
8. You can sometimes drink a little coffee.
9. I am usually very hungry by lunchtime.
10. The students always speak English in the classroom.
IV. 1. Minh goes swimming every afternoon.
2. My brothers are playing tennis at the moment.
3. I am reading an interesting novel.
4. We sometimes play marbles at recess.
5. Some students are eating and drinking at this time.
6. My father is watching the news on TV.
7. Phong plays computer games in his free time.
8. The boy is swapping cards with his friends now.
V.

1 What does Nga always do at recess? -She always skips rope.
2. What do they usually do at recess? -They usually eat and drink.
3. What do you often do at recess? -I often talk with friends.
4. What does your sister never do at recess? -Sheneverplays

marbles.

5. What do you and Nam always do at recess? -Wealwaysplay catch.

/

6. What does he usually do at recess? -He usually reads a book.
VI. 1. A: What is Nga doing?

2. A: What are you doing?

B: She is practicing the piano.
A: Does she often practice the piano?

B: I am playing soccer.
A: Do you often play soccer?

B: Yes. She usually does.

B: Yes. I usually do.
ĐÁP ÁN

147

3. A: What are Nam and Ba doing?
B: They are talking with theừ friends.
A : Do they often talk with theứ friends?
B: Yes. They usually do.
VII. 1. at - in

2. At

VHI.1. T

2. F

3. in

4. A:
B:
A:
B:

5. In

4. on

1. a

2. c

3. c

II.

1. isn’t working 3. fixing
2. studies
4. are doing

6. at

4. F

3. T

I.

What is your brother doing?
He is playing marbles.
Does he often play marbles?
Yes. He usually does.

4. a

5. b

6. c

III. 1. How often does she go to school?
2. W hat do you learn in computer

8. c

7. drawing
8. to repair

9. goes - begin
10. will write

5. What are they doing in the school yard?
6.' What do you usually do at recess?

science class?

7. Where is your father jogging?

3. W hat is her favorite subject?

8. What time do classes always begin?

4. How much is this book?
IV. 1. Hoa learns how to use a computer in her Computer Science class.
2. The yard is very noisy until the bell rings.
3. Eating and chatting are the most common ways of relaxing.
4. W hat do youstudy in Geography class?
5. Some students are playing games like blindman’s bluff or catch.
V.

1. secondary
2. classroom

3. such
4. in

5. favorite
6. skips

7. like
8. relaxed

^ A nsw ers
1. Nga’s school is on Nguyen Trai Street.
2. She goes to school six days a week.
3. Her favorite subject is History.
4. She learns about past events in Viet Nam and around the world.
5. She often skips rope with her friends.
6. She feels happy and relaxed after recess.

UNIT 6 )
I.

1. volleyball

3. anniversary

5. activity

7. collection

2. pastime

4. celebration

6. different

8.

3. rehearsing

5. lying - watching

4. plays

6. go

II. 1. tidy
2. collecting

148

8. at

5. T

7. b

5. will be
6. go

7. in

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN ĐÁP ÁN

9. cafeteria
president

I II. 1. Let's play soccer.
4. Let's go to the library.
Should we play soccer?
' Should we go to the library?
.2. Let's go swimming.
5. Let's tra,vel by bus.
Should we go swimming?
Should we travel by bus?
3. Let's invite him to the party. 6. Let's visit our old teachers.
Should \ve invite him...?
Should we visit our old teachers?
IV. 1. He always goes to church on Sundays.
2. They are usually free on the weekend.
3. Do the boys often play marbles at. recess?
4. I sometimes study in the library after school.
5. Phong is always interested in music.
6. My sister can never cook a good meal.
V.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

What does Nam usually d after school? -He usually studies in the library.
What do Ba and Phong usually do after school? -They usually play video games.
What does your brother usually do after school? -He usually watches videos.
What do they usually do after school? -They usually go to the stamp collector's club.
What do you usually do after school? -I usually learn to play the piano.
What do .your children usually do after school? -They usually go swimming.
What does Mai usually do after school? -She usually skips with her friends.
What does your sister usually do after school?
-She usually helps my mother with the housework.
<3

VI. 1. How often do you go swimming? -I go swimming three times a week.
'2. How often does Nam play computer games?
-He sometimes plays computer games.
3. How often do you go to the zoo? -I go to the zoo once a year.
4. How often does he study in the library? -He usually studies in tjie library.
5. How often does Hoa write to. Tim? -Hoa writes to Tim every month.
. 6. How often do they play tennis? -They often play tennis.
,
7. How often do the students go camping? -They go camping twice a year.
8. How often does Nga's father watch TV? -He watches TV every night.
V II. 1. W hat are you doing
2. should
I.
II.

3. Let's
4. Do

5. go
6. W hat do you ... do

7. play

1. entertainment
3. survey
2. instrument
4. models
a ssig n m en t e n te r'ia m m e n t 'program

5. organizations
6. community
'teenager
organisation

especially

environm ent

III. 1. should
2. should

com'munity

volunteer

cam 'paỉgn

3. shouldn't
4. should

5. shouldn't
7. should
6. Should - shouldn't \ 8. shouldn't - should
Đ ÁPẤ N

149

IV. 1. Let's go to the school cafeteria.
What about going to the school cafeteria?
Why don't we go to the school gafeteria?

4. Let's play table tennis.
What about playing table tennis?
Why don't we play table tennis?

2. Let's eat in fast food restaurant.
What about eating in fast food restaurant?

5. Let's go to the beach.
What about going to the beach?

Why don't we eat in fast food restaurant?
3. Let's do homework together.
What about doing homework together?

Why don't we go to the beach?
6 / Let's go shopping.
What about going shopping?

Why don't we do homework together?
V.

Why don't we go shopping?

1. Would you like to play basketball?

5. Would you like to sit down?

2. Would you like some coffee?
6. Would you like some orange juice?
3. Would you like to come to my housefor dinner? 7. Would you like to go shopping?
4. Would you like fried chicken?

8. Would you like an apple?

V I. - Would you like to come to my birthday party tonight?
- Yes. I'd love to. W hat time?
- At six o'clock. After party, we are going to see a movie. Will you join us?
- I'm sorry. I can't. I have too much homework.
- That's too bad.
- Thanks for inviting me.
- It's my pleasure.

,

VII. 1. can
2. far
* True or false
1. F

3. organizations

2. T

3. T

C
I.

1. b

2. c

3. a

II. 1. are - are studying
2. plays - is playing
III. 1. d

2. b

4. having

4. c

B

E
5. b

M
6 c

7.

am doing

4. will invite

6. will be

8.

doesn’t do

3. f

4. c

5. a

6. e
,

4. How often does Minh go swimming?
5. What are they going to do tonight?
6. W hat does Nga want?
7. Where are the children?
8. What should children do after meals?

150

8. c

5. collecting

3. What sports does your father like playing?

2. T

7. b

3. stay

2. What do you usually do after school?

1. F

6. willing

4. F

IV. 1. W hat is she doing?

V.

5. need

3. T

4. F

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN ĐẮP ÁN

5. T

TEST YOURSELF
I.
II.

2. b

1. a
1. drinks
2. playing

3. few
4. How often

3. d
5. in

4. c
7. pastime

6. portable

8. Chemistry

III. is - are - reading - is watching - teaches - is making - are playing - enjoy
IV. 1. d
V.

2. b

3. e

4. f

5. a

1. sporty

3. collection

2. teenagers

4.

VI. 1. find
2. should

6. c

5. library

4. order

6. titles

8. g

5. interesting
6. activity

artist

3, show

7. h

7. it
■ 8. librarian

V II. 1. Howoften does he go to the library?
2. They won't accept our
offér.
3. I usually play badminton/ go to the movies/ study in the library/
4. W hat about playing sọccer?

UNIT 7 I
I.

1. homework

2. holiday 3. review 4. American 5. family

6. wine

II.

- C ountable nouns: egg, orange, vacation, hour, vegetable, letter, month,
flower, people.
- U n cou n tab le nouns: English, milk, homework, soup, music, rice,
orange juice, fruit, money.

III. 1. a few
2. a little
IV. 1. more
2. longest
V.

1. spends
2. works

3. A few

5. a little

7. a few

4. a few

6. a little

8. a little - a few

3. fewer
4. less

5. most important
6. more

3. do... like
4. will be

7. better
8. harder

5. work
6. is having - are talking

:

9. best - least
10. more interesting
7. won't have
8. is eating

V I. 1. Vietnạmese students have fewer vacations than American students.
2. Vietnamese students have about four vacations. They are Independent
Day, 30th of April - May Day, Tet holiday and summer vacation,
3. The longest vacation is summer vacation.
4. The most important vacation is Tet vacation.
5. Tet holiday often lasts for nine or ten days.
6. Hoa usually spends time with her family during her vacations.
7. No, they don't.
ĐÁP ÁN

151

II.

1. mechanic
2. author

3. musician
4. nurse

5. farmers
6. driver

III. 1. A three-month summer vacation
2. A six-day tour
3. A ten-minute rest
IV. 1. fewer ... than - more ... than
2. more ... than - less ... than
3. fewer ... than - more ... than

7. plumber
8. teacher

4. A three-page report
5. A five-hundred-dong stamp
6. A two-.period class

4. less ... than - more ... than
5. fewer ... than - more ... than
6. more ... than - less ... than

V. works - grow - is - rests - eats - come - feeds - cleans - finishes
A n sw ers: 1. From nine in the morning until four in the afternoon,
Mr. Tuan works in the fields.
2. He works with his brother.
3. They grow rice and vegetables.
4. Their main crop is vegetables.
5. He rests and eats lunch.
6. They come back home at four in the afternoon.
7. His work usually finishes a t six.

i m
2. c

3. a

4. c

a

i

1. b

II.

1. will come
2. gets

III.

1. interesting
2. celebration

IV.

1. When does your school year start?
2. How long does your summer vacation
last?
3. Which vacation is the longest?
4. What do you usually do during your vacation?
5. How many hours a day does your mother work?
6.W hat does Mr. Robinson do?

V.

1. T

3. walking/ to walk
4. are working

5. a

g

I.

5. will have
6. review

3. more
4. longest

2. T

6. c

7. a

8. c

7. go
8. is coining

5. definitely
6. students

3. F

4. T

7. homeless
8. less

5.

VI. 1. Hoa's father has fewer vacations than Tim's father.
2. What about going to tịie cafeteria?
3. Mai's brother drinks less milk than Mai.
4. Students have to/ need to review their work before tests.
5. We will have a three-month vacation.
6. Nam is going to visit his grandparents tonight.
152

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHẦN đ á p á n

F

UNIT 8 1
I.

II.

bệnh viện
viện bảo tàng
siêu thị
nhà máy

1.
2.
3.
4: restaurant

: sân vận động
: nhà hàng

1.
2. drugstore

3. movie theater
4. bank

5. hotel
6. post office

7. bakery
8. bookstore

3. on - opposite
4. at - at

5. on
6. from... to

7. at - on
8. to

III. 1.
2.

5.
6.
7.
8.

hospital
museum
supermarket
factory

IV. 1. Where is the post office? - The post office is next to the bus stop.
2.
3.
and the toystore.
4. Where is the stadium? - The stadium is on Phan Dinh Phung Street.
5. Where is the market?"- The market is opposite the movie theater.
6. Where are the students? - The students are in the library.
7. Where is the supermarket? - The supermarket is near the hospital.
8. Where is the drugstore? - The drugstore is on the left of my house.,
V.

1. How far is it from your house to Ben Thanh market?
-It’s about one kilometer.
2. How far is it from the post office to the bakery? - It's about 800 meters.
3. How far is it from Ha Noi to Hue? It's about 680 kilometers.
4. How far is it from your house to school? -It's about 500 meters.
5. How far is it from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh City? -It’s about 900 kilometers.
6. How far is it from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City? -It's about 1,700 kilometer®,
7. How far is it from your school to the public library? -It's about two kilonieters.
8. How far is it from Hue to Da Nang? -It's about 100 kilometers.

VI. - Excuse me. Could you show me the way to the Metropole Hotel?
- The Metropole Hotel? OK. Go straight ahead. Take the second street on the left.
The hotel is on your right.
- Is there a department store near the hotel?
- No, there isn't. But there is a supermarket in the neighborhood.
- How far is it from the hotel to the supermarket?
- It's not far - just about one kilometer.
- Thank you very much.
- You're welcome.

I.

1. letter
2. parents

3. stamp
4. envelope

5. change
6. penpal

7. card
8. friend
ĐẮP ÁN

153

II.

1. mail

III. overseas
sou v e 'n ir

2. local .
direction
'envelope

3. overseas

4. receives

'regularly
A m erica

5. phone card

Vocal
'iAowsand

6. postcard

a lto g e th e r
vacation

IV. 1. Mai would like bread and eggs for breakfast.
2. Nam would like to buy a phone card.
3. Hoa would like some local stamps.
4. They’d like orange juice.
5. She'd like to borrow some English books.
6. Liz would like to mail a postcard to her friend.
7. We'd like a packet of tea.
8. I'd like to tell you about my family.
V.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

VI.

1. to/ on
2. to

VII. -

How much are these envelopes? -They're five thousand dong.
How much is the picture? -It's sixty-four thousand dong.
How much is this postcard? -It's twelve thousand dong.
How much are a local stamp and an envelope? -They're one thousand five hundred dong.
How much are those sandwiches? -They're eight thousand five hundred dong.
How much is the phone card? -Its fifty thousand dong.
How much is a pad of paper? -It's fifteen thousand dong.
How much are three boxes of chocolates? - They are seventy-five thousand dong.
3. in
4. to

5. at
6. for

Good morning, sir. Can Ihelp
you?
Good morning. I’d liketo sendthis parcel to Spain.
Do you w ant to send it registered?
How much will it be if I send it registered?
Fifteen pounds, sir.
No, that’s too much1. I’ll just send it normal post.
Seven pounds, sir. Anything else?
Yes, two stamps and this card please.
That’s nine pounds fifty, please.
Here you are. Thank you very much. Goodbye.

III. 1. Where is the hotel?
2. How far is it from your house
to the market?
3. How long does it take to
go to school by bike?
154

7. on - of
8. in - to

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PH ẦN ĐÁ PÁN

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

How much do these envelopes cost?
What does Hoa need?
How much is a letter to America?
Who will Liz send these letters to?
What would you like?

IV. 1. The railway station is on the right.
2. There is a park near my house.
3. Could you tell me how to get to the souvenir shop?
4. How much is it to mail a letter to America?
5. She would like to buy some postcards.
6. How long does it take to get to Ha Noi
by plane?
V.

Tourist : Excuse me. Could you show mis the way to the restaurant?
Ba
Go straight ahead. Take the second street on the
right.
The restaurant is on the/ your left, next to the market.
Tourist
Is there a stadium near here?
Yes, there is.
Ba
Tourist
Could you tell me how to get there?
Go straight ahead. Take the first street on the left.
Ba
The stadium is opposite the supermarket.
Thanks a lot.
Tourist
You’re welcome.
Ba:

UNIT 9 I
I.

visited, arrived, remembered, returned, rented, received, talked, stopped,
looked, moved, watched, learned, was/ were, went, bought, took, saw, thought,
wore, put, ate, gave, taught, made

II.

1. was
2. received

I II . 1. was
2. were

3. went
4. ate

5. returned
6. wore

7. bought
8. took

3. is
4. was

5. was - was
6. are - were

7. is
i
8. Were

IV. 1. She bought a lot of souvenirs last summer vacation.
2. My m other gave me a yellow cap.
3. They arrived at the airport at eight o'clockthis morning.
4. I spoke to her about my vacation.
5. Mr. Quang taught mathematics for many years.
6. I saw you a t the party last night.
7. The children were very happy in their trip toNha Trang.
8. Minh put the cake on the table.
9. They lived here two years ago.
10; Nga was late for school yesterday morning.

V.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Did Ba teach Liz Vietnamese? -Yes, he did.
Did he mail his friend a postcard? -No, he didn't.
Did they return home yesterday? -No, they didn't.
Did Mrs. Robinson buy a poster? -Yes, she did.
Did you send me those flowers? -Yes, I did.
ĐÁP ÁN

155

6. Did she receive many gifts? -No, she didn't.
7. Did we/ you meet her at the meeting last weẹk? -Yes, we did.
8. Did they live in this town in 1990? -No, they didn't.
VI. 1. Last year, Minh spent his summer vacation in Nha Trang.
2. He stayed a t a friend's house.
3. His friend took him to see Cham Temple, Hon Chong, Tri Nguyen Aquarium,...
4. He saw sharks, dolphins, and many types of different sea fish in the aquarium.
5. He bought a lot of gifts for his friends and a cap for himself.
6. Minh and his friend went swimming every morning.
7. He felt happy and healthy after the trip.
I.

1. hairdresser
2. material

3. dressmaker
4. skirt

5. hobby
6. cushion

II.

1. learned
2. bought - made

3. cut
4. sewed

5. decided
6. watched

7. wore
8. fitted

III. /d/ : played, remembered, used, learned, studied
/t/ : helped, liked, watched, looked, stopped, talked, missed
/id/ : wanted, fitted, visited, needed, rented, started
IV. is - taught - teaches - gets - takes - has - leaves - was - didn’t go - visited - bought spent - returned
V. 1. My father didn't decorate ...
Did your father decorate ...?
2. She didn't buy a new dress ...
Did she b u y ^ new dress ...?
3. They weren’t late ...
Were they late ...?
4. Mr. Tam didn't take ...
Did Mr. Tam take ...?
VI. 1. What did her mother give her?
2. When did you go to Nha Trang?
3. Where did Mrs. Robinson
put the poster?
VII. 1. What
2. make

I.

1. a

II.

1. met
2. goes - die

156

3. did
4. on

5.

Hoa didn’t make ...
Did Hoa

make ...?

6.

They didn't paint ...
Did they paint ...?
7. This dress w asn't fit.
Was this dress fit?
8.
I didn't see ...
Did you see ...?
4. How did the dress look?
5. What time did you arrive home?
6. Who spoke about his vacation? «
7. What did hé teach at the high' school?
8. When did they see her?

5. was
6. small

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHẦN đ á p á n

7 do
8. fitted

9. How
10. useful

III. 1. to - on
2. of / about

3. to - about
4. to

5. for
6. on

IV.

1. Liz didn’t enjoy...
Did Liz enjoy ...?
2. They won’t come ...
Will they come ...?
3. Hoa doesn’t like ...
Does Hoa like ...?

V.

1. When did you see her?
,
2. What did Lan’s mother give her?
3. When did they return toAmerica?
4. Who bought a poster?

7. by
8. in - at

4. I don’t wash...
Do you wash.,.?
5. The people w eren’t friendly.
Were the people friendly?
6. They aren’t playing....
Are they playing...?
5. Where was your father last month?
6. How did he travel to Nha
Trang?
7. Why did she go to the doctor?
8. What time did Nam leave home yesterday?

VI. 1. last
3. at
. 5 . postcards
7. returned
2. was
4. such
6. much
8. exciting
A n sw ers:
1. Nam was in Ha Noi Olfhis last summer holiday.
2. He stayed in Ha Noi for three weeks.
3. He visited Uncle Ho’s Mausoleum, Ba Dinh Square, West Lake, Lenin Park, ect.
4. He bought some postcards and a cap.
5. Yes, he did.
6. When he came back to Ho Chi Minh City, he spoke to his friends about his
vacation.

TEST YOURSELF
I.

II.

/id/: wanted, visited, needed, decided
/t/: worked, helped, missed, watched
/đ/: played, studied, returned, arrived
1. posters
2. recess

3. travelling
4. Would you like

III. 1. doesn’t drink
2. bought

!
'

5. in - a t
6. fewer

3.is helping
4.was - missed

7. much
8. popular

5. to send
6. talking

7. phoned - didn’t see
8. will come/ is coming

IV.

1. useful 2. friendly

3. fixing

4. regularly

5. neighborhood 6. energetic

V.

1. c

3. e

4. f

5. a

2. d

6. b

VI. 1. They are in Albufeira
4. They usually stay with their friend, Ana.
2. He is reading the newspaper.
5. They’re staying in a hotel.
3. The sun is shining and it’s really hot. 6. They go swimming.
VII. 1. What a lovely garden!
2. Whatabout going to the cafeteria?

3. Her favorite subject is
4. Would you like to come?

History.

ĐÁP ÁN

157

UNIT 10ị
I.

1. f

2. e

II.

1. harvest
2. hygiene

III. 1. Brush
2. Don’t
3. W ash
4. Don’t
IV. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
V.

3. g

5. b

4. h

6. a

7. d

5. helpful
6. strange

3. health
4. carefully

your teeth after meals.
play soccer in the street.
and iron your own clothes.
eat too much candy.

5.
6.
7.
8.

8. c
7. difficult

Wash your hands before meals.
Don’t worry about the examination.
Tidy your room every day.
Don’t forget to write to your parents.

W hat did Nam do last Sunday? -He played soccer.
What did they do last weekend? -They visited their grandparents.
What did you do two hours ago? -We did our homework.
What did Hoa and Lan do yesterday? -They went camping with some friends.
What did the children do-yesterday afternoon? -They studied in the library.
What did your sister do last night? -She made a cushion for the living room.
What did you do this morning? -I cleaned my room.
What did he do last Saturday
evening? -He saw a movie.

1. When
2. What

3. How often
4. Who

5. What time

7. When
6. Where

VI. was - got - did- took - combed - had - ate - drank - helped - brushed - put - went
had - returned - did - ate - took was - came - went
A n sw ers:
4. He had lunch with his grandparents.
1. Yesterday was Sunday.
5. He did his homework.
2. Nam got up at six.
3. After breakfast, he helped Mom 6. The film was very interesting.
7. He went to bed at ten o’clock.
clear the table.
I.

1.appointm ent
2. dentist

II.

Í. kind
2. healthy

3. toothache
4. cavity

3. im portant
4. nervous

I II. a p p o in tm e n t 'p a in ỉú l
'toothache
'nervous
IV. 1. of
V.

158

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

2. at

5. surgery
6. problem

5. worried
6. painful

7. serious
8. scared

'serious
'cavity
im p o rta n t 'healthy

3. about

4. for

5. of

'surgery 'dentist
'regularly polish
6. at

7. at

I was absent from class yesterday because I was sick.
Minh is going to see the dentist because he has a toothache.
She has healthy teeth because she brushes her teeth after every meals
Children have toothache because they often eat a lot of candy.
He was happy because his decaying tooth stopped hurting.
We jog every morning because it’s good for* our health.
BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7

PHAN DAP AN

8. in

VI. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Why is he scared? -Because he hates the sound of the drill.
Why do children often have toothache? - Because they eat lots of candy.
Why were you late for class yesterday? -Because I missed the first bus.
Why does her tooth hurt? - Because it has a cavity.
Why didn’t they come to the meeting last night? - Because they were busy.
Why does she go to the doctor? -Because she has a headache.
Why didn’t Minh say anything yesterday? -Because he was very nervous.
Why do we brush OUTteeth after meals? -Because we want to have healthy teeth.

V II. 1. looks
3. scared
5. explains
7. how
2. surgery
4. kind
6. advicc
8. regularly
A n sw ers: 1. Dr. Lai is a dentist.
2. Dr. Lai’s surgery is clean and tidy.
3. Most children are scared when they come to see Dr. Lai.
4. Yes, she does.
5. She tells them how to look after their teeth.
6. She reminds them to brush their teeth regularly and eat sensibly.

I.

1. c

II.

1. stays
2. is working

III. 1. helpful
2. painful

2. a

3: c

At c

5. b

6. a

7. b

8. c

3. did ... leave
4. will go / is going

5. played - was
6. brushes - forgot

7. hearing
8. to brush

3. unhealthy
4. difficulty

5. worried
6. carefully

7. scared
8. Talking

IV. 1. Where did you meet her last night?
2. How many times a day does Nga brush her teeth?/ How often does Nga brush
her teeth?

3. When was your father in Ha Noi?
:
4. Who did Nam play badminton with?
5. Why did she go to the doctor?
,
6. What are the students doing at the moment?
7. What time/ When did he have an appointment?
8. How did they travel to the USA last month?
V. 1. We should go to the dentist twice a year.
2. A dentist can examine our teeth and fill the cavity in our tooth.
'
3. We should brush our teeth after breakfast and before we go to bed.
4. Milk, cheese, fish, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit are good for
our teeth.
5. Chocolate and sweets are bad for our teeth because they stick to our teeth and
cause decay.
VI. 1. Minh went to the dentist yesterday because he had a bad toothache.
2. The dentist looked at his teeth and told himnot tò worry.
ĐÁP ÁN

159

3. The dentist filled a cavity in his tooth last week.
4. Most children feel scared when they come to see the dentist.

__

UNIT Ĩ Ĩ )

C B
I.
1. heavy
II.

r
.....J
2. scales , 3. temperature 4. stopped 5. record

1. Scales
2. temperature

3. records
4. Waiting room

5. check-up
6. height

6. called
7. normal

III. /id/: visited, started, needed, collected
/t/: asked, stopped, brushed, looked, watched, hoped
/d/: called, filled, measured, weighed, ironed
IV. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Would you get on the scales, please?
Would you show me the waiting room, please?
Would you pay me in cash, please?
Would you pass me the newspaper, please?
Would you put this picture on the wall, please?
Would you take me a photograph, please?

V.

How tall is he? -He is one meter 50 centimeters tall. „
How heavy is Hoa? -She is 40 kilos.
How high are these buildings? -They are over 150 meters high.
How long is your dress? -It is 140 centimeters long.
How deep is the lake? -It is about 5 meters.
How wide is the table? -It is 80 centimeters wide.
How much are the shoes? -They are eighty thousand dong.
How big is your house? -It is about 160 square meters.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

VI. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

W hat is your age? -It’s ten.
W hat is her family name? It’s Nguyen.
What is his weight? -It’s 45 kilos.
What is your brother’s height? - It’s one meter seventy centimeters.
What is the length of the river? -It’s about 300 miles.
What is the height of that wall? -It’s four meters.
What is the depth of the lake? -It’s about five meters.
'
What is the width of the cloth? -It’s one meter sixty centimeters.

VII. 1.
2.
3.
4.

How tall is your brother?
What is the height of the building?
How deep is this lake?
What is Peter’s weight?

5. How much is the blue dress?
6. What is the length of this street?
7. How far is it from here to the bus stop?
8. How heavy are these packets?

VIII. 1. Hoa had a medical check-up yesterday.
2. She filled in the medical record first.
3. The doctor examined Hoa.
160

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PH ẦN ĐÁ PÁN

4. The doctor asked Hoa a few questions before she weighed and measured her.
5. No, it wasn’t. Everything was normal.
6. Hoa felt very happy when she left the office.
2. headache

I.

cold

II.

wrote
coughs - sneezes

3. toothache 4. flu

3. caught
4.relieve/ to relieve

III.

You sho.uld t£ke a short rest.
She should stay in bed.
He should clean it every day.

IV.

Her mother didn’t write ...
Did her mother write ...?
Nam wasn’t absent ...
r
Was Nam absent ...?
I didn’t have a ...
Did you have a ...?
Many students didn’t catch ...
Did many students catch -...?

V.

5. stomachache
5. to cure
6. disappear

6. symptom

7. to prevent

4. You should learn your lessons carefully.
5. She should take an aspirin.
6. You should brush them regularly.
5. They weren’t happy ...
Were they happy ...?
6. He didn’t suggest ...
Did he suggest ...?
7. I wasn’t busy ...
Were you busy ...?
8. We didn’t enjoy ...
Did you enjoy ...?

4. No. I didn’t take cough syrup.
1 Yes. He started his new job yesterday. '
5. Yes. I had a bad cold
. 2 No. Hoa’s mother didn’t write her a sick note.
3 Yes. The medicines relieved the symptoms of the cold. 6. No. They didn’t catch flu.

VI. 1 How
2 What

3. What
4. Where

5. What
6. How much

VII. 1 T

2. F

3. T

7. Why
8. Who
4. F

5. T

C33MSMa
2. c

5. b

6. a

7. c

8. c

1. b

II.

1. was - caught
2. is waiting

3. go
4. will feel

5. to eat
6. didn’t come

7. is - takes
8. was - arrived

III.

1. height
2. healthy

3. long
4. sickness

5. unpleasant
6. appointment

7. medical
8. weight

IV.

1. How tall
2. How often

3. How high
4. How far

V.

1. e

2. d

3. a

4. c

I.

3. b

4. f

7. How long
8. How much

5. How heavy
6. How
5. a

6. g

7. c

3. relieve
5. running
VI. 1. from
4. less
6. there
2. illness
^A nsw ers
1..
Everybody can get the common cold.
2.
Over a billion dollars is spent on cold medicine every year.
VĐÁP ÁN

161

3. This medicine can relieve the symptoms.
4. No, it can’t.
5. No, there isn’t.
VII. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What is your brother’s height?/ What is the height of your brother?
Because Lan was sick, she was absent from class yesterday
How heavy is the parcel?
Where do you live?
How' much did you weigh last year?

UNIT 12l
I.

- V egetables: onion, cucumber, spinach, carrot, bean, pea, potato, pepper
- Fruits: apple, pineapple, orange, banana, durian, papaya, mango, watermelon
- Things: pan, bowl, chopsticks, spoon, plate, pot, glass, knife

II.

se'Zection

vegetable d isp la y
'pineapple b a n a n a 'd u ria n

III. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

spinach
'pepper

'cucumber
'chop stick

What would Nam like? -He’d like pineapple.
What would she like? -She’d like to have cucumber salad for dinner.
What would your brother like? -He’d like something to drink.
What would they like? - They’d like fried fish, boiled spinach and some potato soup.
What
would you like? -I’d
like to play some
gamesof chess.
What
would Hoa’s uncle
like? -He’d like somespinach and cucumbers.

IV. 1. do, too
2. can, too

3. didn’t, either
4. will, too

1. So did
3. So is
2. neither does 4. Neither did

5. don’t, either
6. aren’t, either
7. are, too

8. won’t, either
9. did, too
10. can’t, either

5. so do
6. neither will
7. So can

8. Neither are
9. so should
10.neither does

VI. 1. to
2. buy

3. meat
4. wide/ good

I.

1. beef

2. carefully

II.

1. M oderation 3. carefully
5. sensibly
2. dirt
4. healthy - unhealthy 6. fatty

III. 1. a little
IV.

5. either
6. vegetable

3. dirt

4. sick

9. weren’t
10. some

7. so
8. at

5. cereals

6. washed
7. balanced
8. terribly

2. much

3. m any
4. a few

5. m any
6. much

7. a little
8. a few

1. didn’t
2. did

3. doesn’t
4. does

5. don’t
6. do

7. will
9. doesn’t
8. weren’t 10. can

V. 1. They can play volleyball and so can we/ we can, too.

162

pa'paya
’carrot

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PH ẦN ĐÁ PÁN

9. much - a little
10. much

2. Mr. Tam won’t come to the party tonight and neither will his wife/ his wife won’t either.
3. I write diary every night and so does my sister/ my sister does, too.
4. My father doesn’t drink beer and neither does my uncle/ my uncle doesn’t either.
5. She is learning English and so am I/ I am, too.
6. Hoa ate bread and beef for breakfast and so did her uncle/ her uncle did, too.
7. He didn’t meet her last night and neither did I/ I didn’t either.
,
8. I’m not a doctor and neither are they/ they aren’t either.
9. Milk is good for your health and so is orange juice/ orange juice is, too.
10. They mustn’t stay up late and neither must you/you mustn’t either.
VI. 1. Neither can
2. so is
VII. 1. for

3. doesn’t, either 5. did, too
4. neither will
6. So do

2. of - on

v r a . 1. affects
2. must

I.

1. a

II.

1. went
2. to buy

3. at

4. to

3. balanced
4. What

2. c

I II . 1. well
2. unhealthy

5. with

6. of

7. to

5. variety
6. Moderation

4. a

3. b

7. either
8. too

). b

8. c

3. have
4. are crossing

5. will be
6. get

7. is looking - doesn’t like
8. did ... buy

3. building
4. selection

5. heated
6. favorite

7. dirty
8 fitness

IV. 1. c

2. d

3. e

4. a

5. f

V.

2. T

3. F

4. F

5. T

1. T

8. for - in

7. but
8. stay

7. d

6. c

9. will, too
10. isn’t, either

6. b

V I. 1. W hat would you like to have for dinner tonight?
2. Hoa can’t smell the durians' and her aunt can’t, either.
3. Spinach is very good for you but you must wash it carefully.
4. I ate some spinach last night, but my Mom and Dad didn’t.
5. The doctor gave Ba some medicine to make him feel better.

TEST YOURSELF
I.

1. b

2. c

II.

1. farther
2. tall

3. to
4. either

3. b
5. much
6. scared

3. to have
III. 1. to take
2. went - didn’t enjoy 4. received

4. d
7. because
8. Sorry. I ’m afraid I’m not free.
5. hurting
6. will see

7. knows - knows
8. feel

IV. 1. unhappy 2. pleased 3. seriously 4. Moderation 5. stomachache 6. disappears
V.

1. B (informations -> information)
2. A (Was -» Were)
3. c (so -> neither)

4. B (worst -> worse)
5 D (isn’t -» doesn’t)

V I. 1. W hat tim e did he wake up yesterday morning? >
ĐÁPÁN

163

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

How
Why
How
How
How

many time? a day do you brush your teeth?
did your mother go to the doctor?
heavy is she?/ W hat is her weight?
tall are you?/ W hat is your height?
high are these buildings?/ What is the height of these buildings?

V II. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Hoạ received her m other’s letter two days ago.
She went to the doctor because she felt very, unpleasant.
She had a slight cold.
Yes, she did.
The doctor weighed her, measured her height, took her temperature, listened
to her heart and checked her eyes and ears.
6. Last year, her height was 1 meter 30 centimeters.
7. Now, she is 1 m eter 45 centim eters tall.
8. She is losing weight.

VIII. 1. How old are you?
3. Hoa hates durians and her aunt does, too.
2. Let’s buy some oranges.
4. What is the weight of the fish?
5. Minh is interested in playing soccer.

I.

II.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

badm inton
volleyball
skateboarding
basketball
roller-skating

good
bad
slow
quick
skillful
clear

->
->
->


->

III. 1. in

: cầu lông
: bóng chuyền
: trượt ván
: bóng r ổ
: trượt patan h

well
badly
slowly
quickly .
skillfully
clearly

2. for

safe
sudden
careless
recent
free
strick

3. to - on

IV. 1. well
2. safely

3. skillfully
4. slowly

V.

3. interesting
4. careless

1. nervous
2. fluently

VI. 1. healthy

2. pair

6. bạseball
7. athletics
8. table tennis
9. soccer
'
10. tennis

4. to

5. of

5. badly
6. quickly

3. slowly

5. heavily
6. exciting
4. on


->
—>

: bống chàỳ
:điền kinh
: bóng bàn
: bóng
đá
quần

vợt

safely
suddenly
carelessly
recently
freely
strictly

6. of , 7. of - in
7. hard
8. well

10. carelessly

7. well
8. carefully

9. strictly
10. clearly

5. your

6. least

7. stay

8. as

VII. 1. Yes, they do.
2. People need a pair of rackets, a shuttlecock, a net and a small piece of land to
play the game.

164

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHẦN đ á p á n

3. Two or four players hit the shuttlecock over the net with their rackets.
4. The strongest countries in badminton are Indonesia, China and South Korea
I.

1. play

2. finished

3.

II.

1. play
2. swim

3. discovered
4. breathe

5. explored
6. invented

freely

4. pear

5. diver

6. deep-sea

7. dived
8. equipped

III. /t/ : watched, liked, finished, looked
/d /

/id/

played, allowed, organized, explored, discovered
needed, started, waited, invented

IV. 1.' Would you like to play soccer with us? -I’d love to.

V.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Would you like
Would you like
Would you like
Would you like
Would you like

1.
2.
3.
4.

She ought to clean it'every day.
You ought to practice tennis more regularly.
He ought not to smoke so much.
He ought to go to bed early.

V I. 1. should
2. can
VII. 1. Nga
Lan
N ga
Lan
2 Tam
N am
Tam
N am
3. Phong
Thanh'
Phong
T hanh
4. Long
Minh
Long
Minh

to have a walk with me? -I’d love to but I can’t.
to go swimming? -I’d love to.
to play table tennis? -I’d love
to.
to jog with me? -I’d love to but I can’t
to play video games? -I’d love to but I can’t.

3. m ust
4. ought
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

5. must
6. Can/ Could

5.
6.
7.
8.

He ought not to drive so fast.
You ought to stay in bed
She ought not to stay up late.
He ought to buy a new one.
7. could
8. shouldn’t

9. couldn’t
10. oughtn’t

Come and skip rope, Lan.
I’m sorry. I don’t think I can.
T hat is too bad. Why not?
Well, I have to do mý homework.
Come and play chess, Nam.
I’m sorry. I don’t think I can.
That is too bad. Why not?
Well, I should help my Mom.
Come and play badminton, Thanh.
I’m sorry. I don’t think I can.
That is too bad. Why not?
Well, I must practice the piano
Come and play volleyball, Minh.
I’m sorry. I don’t think I can.
T hat is too bad. Why not?
Well, I ought to attend the English club,

v n i . 1. Jacques Cousteau is an oceanographer.
2. He is French.
3. He was born in 1910.
ĐÁP ÁN

165

4.
5.
6.
7.

I.
II.

When he died, he was eighty-seven years old.
He invented a deep-sẹa diving vessel.
In the vessel, he could explore the oceans of the world and study under-water life.
We can learn more about the undersea world thanks to his invention.

1. a

2. c

1. becam e
2. played - was

III. 1. slowly

V.

4. c

5. b

2. e

6. a

7. c

8. b

3. allows
5. is spreading 7. be
4. to finish - watching 6. invented
8. watching
3. safe
4. skillful - skillfully

2. exciting
IV. 1. c

3. a

3. f

4. a

5. g

4. F

5. F

5. dangerous
6. quickly

7. Suddenly
8. well

6. h

8. d

7. b

Học sinh tự trả lời.

VI. l .T

2. F

3. T

6. T

UNIT 14|
»
I.

1. detective
2 . black - white

II.

1. at
2 . on

3. comfortable
4. adventures

5. owner
6. gathers

7. outside
8. TV sets

3. before
4. in

5. until/ till
6 . through

7. after
8. during/ on

III. 1. What abouư How about seeing a detective movie?
2 . What about/ How
3. What about/ How
4. What abouư How
5. What about/ How
6 . What about/ How
7. What about/ How
8. What about/ How

about a piece of cake?
about playing volleyball at the weekend?
about having dinner at my house?
about going for a walk?
about a cup of tea?
about watching videos?
about fruit juice?

IV. 1. What would he like to eat? -He’d like to eat some noodles.
2 . What would your mother like to read? -She’d like to read novels and woman magazines.

3. What would Lan like to drink? -She’d like to drink lemon juice.
4. What would Nam like to see? -He’d like to see a cowboy movie.
5. What would they like to play? -They’d like to play volleyball and soccer.
6 . What would you like to listen to? -We’d like to listen to pop music. ,
7, What would her brother like to watch? -He’d like to watch contest programs.
8 . What would you like to buy? -I’d like to buy a box of chocolates.

V.

1. I like swimming.
2 . The boys like playing video games.
3. My brother doesn’t like listening to music.

166

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PH ẦN ĐÁ PÁN

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

We don’t like going to the movies.
She likes talking with friends.
Her children don’t like playing sports.
Nam likes collecting stamps.
My youngest sister doesn’t like reading.

VI. 1. T

2. T

mm
I.
1. teenager
2. contest
II.
III.
'

1. cartoon
2. contestant

3. F

4. T

5. F

3. adventure
4. discussion

5. foreign
6. knowledge

7. satellite
8. available

3. performing
4. audience

5. character
6. viewers

7. artist

satellite 'c/iaracter
'import dis'cwssion
defective car 'toon

'audience
'/òreign

'artist
adventure

per 'form
contest

'íelẹphone
contestant

'knọw\eàge

IV. 1. My father enjoys playing chess in his free time.
2. I would like to see a ‘detective movie.
.3. They prefer listening/ to listen to pop music.
4. Teenagers like listening/, to listen to the latest pop music.
5. The children hate going/ to go to bed early.
6. My grandmother prefers living/ to live in the country.
7. She loves walking/ to walk in the rain.
8. We would love to meet your family.
9. Phong and Minh don’t like going/ to go to the movies.
10. Young children enjoy helping around the house.
V.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

VI. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

My father doesn’t really like white coffee. He prefers black coffee.
We don’t really like having dinner at home. We prefer going out for dinner.
I don’t really like rock music. I prefer pop music.
The children don’t really like reading. They prefer watching TV.
Nam doesn’t really like taking part in sports. He prefers watching them on TV.*
Thanh doesn’t really like sports shows. She prefers fashion shows.
My mother doesn’t really like cycling. She prefers walking.
He doesn’t really like girl bands. He prefers boy bands.
My brothers prefer playing tennis to swimming.
I prefer riding to walking.
He prefers pop music to classical music.
My m other prefers walking to cycling.
These boys prefer detective films to horror films.
We prefer seeing the shows of our favorite singers to hearing their albums.
Most children prefer cartoons to movies.
She prefers playing the piano to playing the violin.
ĐÁP ÁN

167

V II. 12.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

W hat kinds of music do you like? -I like rock music and pop music.
W hat kinds of films does your brother like? -He likes cowboy films.
What kinds of books do they like? -They like picture-books.
What kinds of sports does Nam like? -He likes table tennis and
badminton.
What kinds of fruit do you like? -I like durians and mangoes.
What kinds of drink does Lan like? -She likes Coca Cola.
What kinds of food does she like? -She likes hamburger and chicken soup.

V in . 1. at - on
2. after

3. during
4. through

IX.

1. around
2. popular

I.

1. a

II;

1. riding - walking
2. did...live

5. in - in
6. before

3. how
4. like

2. c

III. 1 viewers
2. boring

3. b

7. on
8. for

5. lots of
6. can

4. c

5. c

3. watches/ watch
4. to have
5. didn’t have

3. interested
4. comfortably

7. available
8. program s

6. a

7. c

5. performances
6. contestants

1. W hat would you like to see? ,
2. What does your family usually do in the evening?
3. Why didn’t they have a TV set?
4. W hat do you prefer?
5. Would you like to see a detective movie?
6. W hat kinds of music does she like?
7. Do you like cartoons?
8. What is Nga going to do this evening?

V.

1. e

3. b

4. a

8. b

6. watching/ to watch - to take/ taking
7. are...going to do - am going to see
8. going

IV.

2. f

9. in - to
10. at - on

5. d

7. variety
8. cheaply

6. c

V I. 1. Both old and young people enjoy watching TV.
2. Television stations broadcast news, sports, music, cartoons, wild life, popular
science, reports, contests, movies, etc.
3. Live TV program helps us see events at the same time as theyare happening.
4. In our country, we often watch live TV programs of important events and inter­
national football matches.
V II. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
168

My mother prefers walking to cycling.
What about going to the beach this weekend?
They enjoy travelling to Nha Trang on their vacation.
I am interested in the history of these places.
Watching TV is more interesting than reading.
You ought to go to bed early./ You ought not to stay up la te..
B À IT Ậ PT IẾ N G A N H 7 • PHẦNĐÁP ÁN

ì

__

UNIT 15)

^ ........

m m

3. dizzy
4. addictive

*

I.

1. arcades
2.
inventor

5. am usem ent
6. robbery

7. prem ises
8. education

II.

1.You shouldn’t go to the...
5. You should spend little time...
2. You should finish your homework... 6. You should develop your ...
3. You shouldn’t spend much money... 7. You shouldn’t arrive home...
4. You should take part in outdoor ...
8. Yoii should eat plenty of fruit..:.

III. 1.shouldn’t
2. mustn’t

3. can
5. should
7. Can -can’t - shouldn’t
4. must/ should 6. can - must 8. should

IV.

1. inventors
2. noisily

3. teaching
4. amusement

V.

1.likes - playing - doesn’t lil^e - goes - is walking - are talking
2. are - don’t know - isn’t playing - is teaching

VI.

1. for

V II. 1. young
I.

5. robbery- robbers
6. careful

7. addictive
8. education

2. at - in

3. on

4. for - on 5. in - with

6. of

2. arcades

3. as

4. must

6. dizzy 7. too

5. spend

1. w ent
3. m oved 5. preferred 7. got
9. began
2. bought
4. knew 6. decided 8. scared 10. taught

II.

„ , -

7. in

8. at
8. so

ll.k e p t
12. enjoyed

T V programs', film, cartoon, wild life, weather forecast, European soccer, world news
Places', city, village, countryside, public library, theater, market
Vehicles: car, motorbike, coach, truck, bus, bike
Direction-, lelf, right, behind, in front of

III. 1. in
2. a t - on

3. a t
4. from/ to

5. from
6. to

7. with
8. to - by

i

IV. 3. Hoa likes listening to music.
6. Hoa likes going to the public library.
4. Hoa doesn’t like the noise
7. Hoa doesn’t like
seeing movies.
and the busy roads.
8. Hoa likes doinghomework with friends.
5. Hoa doesn’t like crossing the street. 9. Hoa likes socializing with her friends.
V.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

My grandparents hate the noise of the traffic.
He likes going/ to go fishing on Sunday morning.
The roads are narrow in the country.
My neighbors are always very friendly.
They prefer orange juice to lemon juice.
Hoa hates crossing/ to cross the road most.
She sometimes goes to the public library.
You will get used to living in the city soon.

V I. 1. Children shouldn’t spend ...
Should children spend ...?

2.

Hoa didn’t know ...
Did Hoa know ...?
ĐÁP ÁN

169

3. Video games can’t be ...
Can video games be ...?
4. They m ustn’t take p art ...
Must they take part ...?

6. There wasn’t a public library ...
Was there a public library ...?
7. We don’t often play ...
Do you often play ...?

5. I won’t g e t ...
Will you g e t ...?

8. The noise doesn’t keep me ...
Does the noise keep you ...?

VII. 1. How often does Nam go to the amusement cẹnter?
2. W hat did Hoa hate most?
3. How long does Nam usually stay in the arcade?
4. W hat do you do in your free time?
5. When did Lan and Hoa go to the public library?
6. Why doesn’t Hoa like the city?
7. Where did Hoa live before moving to the city.
8. How much time does he spend on computer games

each day?

VIII. 1.
2.
3.
4.

His family moved to the city when he was twelve.
No, it wasn’t. Everything was strange and difficult to him at first.
He thinks the city life is always busy and the city people are often in a hurry.
He hated crossing the road most. Because a lot of bikes, motorbikes, cars, buses
coming from every direction scared him.
5. Now he gets used to the life in the city.
6. He prefers to live in the country.

I.

1. c

II.

1. am watching
2. to turn
3. spend - playing

III.

1. useful
2. neighborhood

IV.

1. Life in the city is always busy.
2. Don’t spend too much of your time playing video games.
3. Video games can be addictive, so players must bẽ careful.
4. Children should take part in outdoor activities with friends.
5. She will get used to the noise of the traffic soon.
6. Children shouldn’t often go to the amusement center./
Children shouldn’t go to the amusement center often.

V.

170

1.
2.
3.
4.

2. a

3. c

c s iE a a a g a
4. b
5. a
6. c
7. c
4. listening/to listen
5. goes - eats
6. is going to stay/ will stay

3. direction
4. carelessly

4. amusing
5. noisy

How long did she live in the country? •
Where are the children going now?
How did Hoa feel when she crossed the road?
W hat should children do?
BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PH AN ĐÁ PÁN

8. b
7. getting
8. didn’t go - caught

7.
8.

social
addictive

'

5.
6.
7.
8.

W hat did Hoa’s uncle buy for her?
How m any books are there in the publiclibrary?
W hat are you going to do this Sunday?
Why do they rarely eat out?

V I. 1. T
VII. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

2. F

3. T

4. F

5. T

.

6. F

We will make a four-day Sapa tour.
My father drives carefully.
Ms Chi is a fluent English speaker.
Hoa doesn’t like the noise and the busy roadsin the city.
I prefer video games to computer games.
Why don’t we go to the amusement center?

UNIT 16|
I.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Ha Noi is the capital ọf Vietnam.
6. Manila is the capital of Philippine.
Jakarta is the capital of Indonesia.
7.
Beijing is the capital of China.
Bangkok is the capital of Thailand.
8.
Tokyo is the capital of Japan.
Vientiane is the capital ef Laos.
9. KualaLumpur is the capital of Malaysia.
Phnom Penh is the capital of Cambodia. 10. Yangon is the capital of Myanmar.

II.

1. pilot
2. ancient

III. 'ancient
re so r t
IV.

3. attraction
4. temples

5. traditional
6. monument

a'iiraction destination
'culture
traditional

7. cultures
8. resort

'coral
'monument 'region
ad 'mire Indonesia 'posícard

1. I am always a t home on Sundays.
2. Ba’s uncle usually flies to Hong Kong as well as Bangkok.
3. He can seldom find time for reading.
4. They don’t often stay up late.
5. My parents occasionally go to the concert.
6. You must never do th a t again.
7. Do you always study your English lessons in the evening?
8. F ast food is rarely good.
3. may
4. May - may not

5.
6.

may
may not

7. may not
8. may not

J
'

V.

1. May
2. may not

9. may
10. may not

VI.

1. What does he prefer? - He prefers listening to music to reading.
2. What does Họa prefer? -She prefers living in the country to livingin the city.
3. What do you prefer? -I prefer visiting the beautiful Khmer temples to seeing
colorful dances.
4. What do they prefer? -They prefer playing chess to watching TV.
5. What does she prefer? -She prefers seeing plays at the theater to seeing them on TV.
ĐÁP ÁN

171

6. What do the tourists prefer? -They prefer diving tosailing.
7 What do the students prefer? -They prefer computers to books.
8 What does your father prefer? -My father prefers tea to coffee.
V II. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

W hat
What
W hat
W hat
What
What

V III. l.W h a t
2. from
I.

II.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

kinds of music do the teenagers prefer?
kinds of shows does she prefer?
kinds of books do they prefer?
kinds of activities do you prefer?
kinds of fruit does your mother prefer?
kind of films dò the children prefer?
3. sent
4. doing

destination
battle
veteran
scenery
valley

5. pilot
6. How

7. flies
8. would

: điểm đến
6. hospitality
: trận chiến đấu
7. m inority
: cựu chiến binh
8. gram ophone
: pỉiong cảnh, cảnh vật 9. invention
: thung lũng
10. province

1. invented
2. established

3. defeated
4. won

5. grew
6. depended

. 9. So
:
:
:
:
:

lòng mến khách
thiểu sổ, người

thiểu số

máy quay đĩa
p h á t m inh
tỉn h

7. constructed
8. paid

III. - Nouns: battle, army, quiz, hospitality, war, veteran, scenery, tourism, battle side,
province, gramophone
-Adjectives’, famous, ancient, interested, traditional, ethnic, poor
-Adverbs-, always, occasionally, seldom, never, usually, rarely, sometimes, often
IV. 1. in
2. in

- in
3. for
4. from
- to

V.

1. may
2. Can - can’t

VI.

1. received
2. sends - goes
3. to visit

3. may
4. can’t

5. on - in
6. a t

7. on
8. up

5. may not
6. m ay

4. enjoy
5. learned - was
6. paid - taught

9. for - at
10. to
7. can
8. m ay

7. did ... die
8. remember
9. were - left
10. leading

9. can’t
10. may not
was - won
went

VI. 1. Shakespear is the world’s famous English playwright.
2. He was born in 1564.
3. Yes, he was. He was born at Stratford-on-Avon in England.
4. He m arried when he was eighteen.
5. He had three children.
6. He wrote about thirty seven plays.
7. He wrote comedies, tragedies and histories.
8. No, he didn’t. He died at Stratford.
9. He was fifty-two years old when he died.
10. Shakespear was buried in the church of Stratford.
172

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẦN đ á p á n

im ií.iiiiiĩĩĩiM
1. b
II.

2. c

3. a
3. carefully
4. quickly

1. good
2. colorful

5. c

4. c

6. a

5. beautifully
6. happy

8. b

7. c

7. hospitable
8. occasionally

III. Ị. actor
2. hospitality

3. attractions
4. colorful

5. traditional
6. tourism

7. trading
8. invention

IV. 1. in - on
2. in - in

3. up - to
4. at

5. for
6. on

7. at
8. on

V.

3. Many
4. veterans

5. site
6. scenery

7. neighboring
8. local

1. Indochina
2. tourist

VI. 1. F

3.

2. T

F

igg

TEST YOURSELF
I.

1. a

2. a

II.

1. Would
2. dangerous

4. T
5. F
ii

3. a

, 4. d

5. c

3. good vegetable
4. but

5. more clearly
6. of

4. traveled
I II. 1. Will you be
2 . flying - going5. listening/ to listen
3. moved - spent
ÍV. 1. carelessly
2 . collection

V.

7. must not
8. Me too

7. go
8. are learning - like

6. are ...doing/ are...going to do

3. noise
4. famous

5. friendly
6. healthy

1. D (bored -> boring)

'

7. painful
8. inexpensive

4. c (is coming -> comes)
5. B
(kind -> kind of)
6. c
(hardly -> hard)

2 . c (to go -> go)
richest)
3. . c (most rich

VI. 1. Who was Thomas Edison?
2 . When was General Giap born?
3. How far is it from the school tó the beach?
4. How long does it take to fly from Sai Gon to Singapore?
5. What did you eat last night?
6 . Why did Minh go to the dentist?

VII. 1. T

2. T'

3. T

4. F

5. F

6. T

VIII. 1. You ought to wash yourhands before meals.
2. Children are interested in picture books.

3. Michael Jordan is a skillful basketball player.
4. Why don’t we/ Why not go to the beach?
5. Helen didn’t pass the test and Bob didn’t either.
6 . The Sears Tower is the tallest building in Chicago,
Đ ÁPÁ N

173

ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I
ĐỂ 1
I.

1. a

II.

1. back
2. will meet

3. more expensive
4. That’s a good idea.

TTT

1 rl

2. a

3. c

4. b

2. a

3. b

4. b

IV. 1. d
V.

2. b
5. are playing
6. never go

7. going
8. a t

9. smallest
10. popular

1. W hat would you like?
2. What does she learnin her biology class?
3. How far is it from your office to the restaurant?
4. How much do those shoes cost?

V I. 1. False

2. True

3. False

VII. 1. What modern computers!

4. True
2. WHat about listening to pop music?

ĐỀ2
II.

1. 30-minute break
2. How often

I II. 1. b

3. helping
4. on

2. d

5. intelligent
6. middle

3. a

7. goes indoors
8. always spends

4. c

IV. 1. Why don’t we go to the movies?
2. Those students are very energetic.
3. Would you like to come to my house for dinner?
4. The lessons this year is longer and more difficult than those last year.
V. 1. Are the children writing ...?
2. fixing

3. willhave
4. go

V I. 1. How much does this bag cost?
3. W hat would you like?
'
2. How far is it from here toVung Tau?4. When does Minh have English classes?
V II. 1. with

2. sm aller

VIII.l; False

2. False

IX.

3. by

4.

misses

3. True

4.

False

1. The blueskirt is cheaper than thebrown
2. Which subject does Lien like most?

174 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7

• PHAN ĐÁP ÁN

one.

II.

1 far

3. lovely
4. on

2 . to find

III. 1. c

2. d

5. newest
6. Great, I’d love some,
3. a

7. Let’s
8. In his free time

4. b

IV. 1. Mai is interested in making experiments.
2 . Nguyet is unhappy because she misses her parents.
3. Would you take these pieces of toast into the kitchen, please?
4. Which house is the most suitable for Mr Lam and his family?
V.

1. don’t go
2 . to have

3. won’t visit
4. meeting

,
VI. 1. What should we eat?
2 . When will your friend go to Mexico?

3. Who takes care of people’s teeth?
4. Do you like Geography?

VII. 1. than

2. there

3. an

4. in

V III.l. True

2. False

3. True

4. False

IX.

1.The room has a table, a chair, a bed and a wardrobe.
2 . My house is the oldest oil the street.

ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ II

ĐỀ1
I.

1. a

II.

1. w atching
2. Why

III.

2. c

1. c

3. strictly
4. did, too

5. dangerous
6. up

7. symptoms
8. appointment,

2. a

3. d

4. b

3. to take/ taking
4. to invite '

rv .

1. sta rte d
2. does Mary usually go

V.

1. Nam can’t drive a car, and his sister can’t either.
2. How heavy are you?
3. How about visiting Uncle Ho’s mausoleum?

V I. 1. d

2. b

3. a

4.

c

V II. 1. True

2. True

3. False

4. False

ĐÁP ÁN

ĐẼ 2
I.
II.

1. a

2. c

1. much

4. bought
5. because
6. submarine

2. roller-skating

,
3. of
III. 1.
\

A2.
J. 'VJd
..

7. Don’t shout
8. Will you m eet
9. between i

■1o
IƯ• •
3.. b

10. go*

A. a

IV. 'l. He’s a skillfull volleyball player.
2 . Children ought to go to bed early./ Children qught not to stay up late.
3. Laiị ate too much: cakes Iasi night and so did Chi.
^
^
Í
4. How much did she weigh lastVyear?

V.

1. How far is it from here to Ben Thanh! market?

7
~ . J''
1
2 . What would you like for breakfast?
3. Why did Quang'get good marks?
4. How long was your father there?

'

'

'J

VI. 1. c

2. b

3. a

4. d

VII. 1. False

2. False

3.’True

4; True

1

I

' 1

ĐỂ 3
I. , 1. a
II.

2. c

1. bought
2. interesting

III. 1. c

3. much1
4. oldest

'• 2. a

5. not to stay
' 6. to have

7. will introduce
8. in -

4. b

3. d

IV. 1. We must remember to eat sensibly.
2. Hoa will get used to life in the citý soon.
3. Would you like to have dinner, at my house tonight?

4. You, ought to wash the vegetables more carefully
V.

1. riow'long,did it take Lan to finiph this test?

2. How did,you feel after eating that food?
3. What should we do to k^eep our bodies fit?
4. Why is Simon in a lot of pain npw?
VI. 1. c
VII. 1. True

' 2./ a
' 2. False , <

, 3 .b

,,íí Í 4».b
3. False ■ 4. Trué

V IIL li How old is your daughter?

‘f1

,

Ỉ5: cL

6. c,

V
'

( ”' 1

<'

2. Minh wasn’t at home last night and his parents weren’t either.
3. Thanh is a fluent English speầker,
,
,
4. Nain prefers staying at home to going to the zoo.

HÊT
Ì7 6

. BÀI TẬP TIÊNG 4N H 7 • P í ÍẦ n ĐÁPẤN

TÓM TẮT NGỮ PHÁP TlỂNG ANH 7
1. PRESENT SIMPLE TENSE (Thì h im tại đơn)
Thì hiện tại đơn được dùng đê’diễn đạt chân lý, sự thật hiến nhiên, tình huống cố định lâu dài ờ hiện tại, thói
quen hay hành động xảy ra thường xuyên ở hiện tại.
______
j
( Subject + verb (bare inf.)/ verb-(e)s
* Thêm es vào các động từ tận cùng là 0, s, sh, ch, X, z.

• Affirmative form

• Negative form

Subject + do/does + not +verb (bare-inf.)

• Interrogative form

)

[ Đo/ Does + subject + verb (bare-inf.)... ?

I

> Thì hiện tại đon thường được dùng với các trạng từ hoặc cụm trạng từ chỉ tần suất như always, u suall!/, often,
sometimes, never, every day, once a week, ...
PRESENT PROGRESSIVE TENSE (Thì hiện tạ i tiếp dim )
Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn được dùng đê’diễn đạt hành động đang diễn ra ngay lúc nói, hành động đang diễn ra ở
hiện tại (nhưng không nhất thiết phải ngay lúc nói) và hành đọng có tính tạm thời.
• Affirmative form

[ Subject + am/ is/ are + verb-ing______________

j

• Negative form

[ Subject + am/is/are + not + verb-ing

I

• Interrpgative form

[ Am i Is/ Are + subject + verb-ing...?

~j

• Wh- question

f What/ Where/... + am/ is/ are + subject+verb ing?

1

> Thì hiện tại tiếp diên thường được dùng với các từ hoặc cụm từ chỉ thời gian hiện tại như: now, right now, at
present, at the/ this m oment.
^>Lu'u ý: Không dùng thì hiện tại tiếp diễn với các động từ chỉ giác quan, cảm xúc, nhận thức và sự sớ hữu: see,
hear, taste, smell, feel, like, love, hate, dislike, w ant, know, think, seem, understand, have, v.v. Dùng thì hiện tại đơn
với các động từ này.
3. FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE (Thi t ương lai dem)
Thì tươnậ lai đơn được dùng đế diễn tả hành động sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai hoặc diễn đạt lời hứa, lời đề nghị,
lời yêu cau, lời mời và một quyết định tức thì.
• Affirmative form

í Subject + will + verb (bare inf.)

• Negative form

f Subject + will not/ won't + verb (bare inf!)

]

• Interrogative form

f Will + subject + verb(bareinf.)...?

Ị]

• Wh- question

.

~

j

f WhatI Where/. ■■+ will + subject + verb (bare inf.)?

J

> Thì tư ơ ng lai đơn thườ ng được d ù ng với các ừ ạ n g từ chỉ thời gian trong tư ơ ng lai: tơ m o n o iu ,
som ed a y, to n ig h t, n e x t w eek / m o n th / year...,.éoon, v.v.
^L u u ý: Người Anh thường dùng will hoặc shall cho các đại từ ở ngôi thứ nhất (/, We), nhưng trong tiếng
Anh hiện đại will được dung phô’biên hơn shall.
4. THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE (Thì quá khứ đon)
Thì quá khứ đơn đượ J '
«■
kéo aài một khoảng tì
xuyên trong quá knứ.
• Affirmative form

------------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------( Subject + verb-ed/ verb 2 (past tense)_________
J-

* Động từ có quy tắc, thêm -e d .
* Động từ bất quy tắc, động từ ở cột 2 (past tense) trong bảng động từ bất quy tắc.
• Negative form

( Subject + did not/ didn't + verb (bare inf.)

• Interrogative form

( Did + subject + verb (bare inf.)...?

• To be

( Ĩ/ he/ she/ it + was

7

:

)

■I

)

we/ you/ they + were

j

> Thì quá khứ đơn thường được dùng với các ữạng từ hoặc cụm trạng từ chỉ thòi gian quá khứ như: yesterday,
last night, last week/ m onth/ year/ su m m e r.. ago.
RẰT TÂP & TRẮC NGHIÊM TIẾNG A N H 7

* if .